Preventing and treating acute gout attacks across the clinical spectrum

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Preventing and treating acute gout attacks across the clinical spectrum
A roundtable discussion

Supplement Editor:
Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD

Contents

Preventing and treating acute gout attacks across the clinical spectrum: A roundtable discussion
Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD; N. Lawrence Edwards, MD; John S. Sundy, MD, PhD; Peter A. Simkin, MD; and James C. Pile, MD

 

Article PDF
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
S1-S25
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF
A roundtable discussion
A roundtable discussion

Supplement Editor:
Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD

Contents

Preventing and treating acute gout attacks across the clinical spectrum: A roundtable discussion
Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD; N. Lawrence Edwards, MD; John S. Sundy, MD, PhD; Peter A. Simkin, MD; and James C. Pile, MD

 

Supplement Editor:
Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD

Contents

Preventing and treating acute gout attacks across the clinical spectrum: A roundtable discussion
Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD; N. Lawrence Edwards, MD; John S. Sundy, MD, PhD; Peter A. Simkin, MD; and James C. Pile, MD

 

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Page Number
S1-S25
Page Number
S1-S25
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Preventing and treating acute gout attacks across the clinical spectrum
Display Headline
Preventing and treating acute gout attacks across the clinical spectrum
Sections
Citation Override
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine 2010 June;77(6 suppl 2):S1-S25
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Un-Gate On Date
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

What do I need to know about gout?

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
What do I need to know about gout?

Gout is a chronic, often silent disorder in its early stages that is punctuated by acute, extremely painful arthritic flares. Over time, untreated or insufficiently treated gout may progress, with more frequent flares and formation of urate crystal deposits (tophi) and associated chronic, deforming arthritis (gouty arthropathy). One major aim in the management of gout is to treat the pain of acute flares aggressively with anti-inflammatory agents to reduce flare intensity and duration. This CME supplement discusses the risk factors and comorbidities that contribute to and exacerbate acute gout flares, the criteria for establishing a diagnosis of gout and how to establish goals for achieving, sustaining, and monitoring clinically meaningful urate lowering and means for optimizing patient adherence to long-term urate-lowering treatment.

Sponsor
This supplement was submitted by the Primary Care Education Consortium and supp…
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

 

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 59(6)
Publications
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

 

Author and Disclosure Information

 

 

Article PDF
Article PDF
Sponsor
This supplement was submitted by the Primary Care Education Consortium and supp…
Sponsor
This supplement was submitted by the Primary Care Education Consortium and supp…

Gout is a chronic, often silent disorder in its early stages that is punctuated by acute, extremely painful arthritic flares. Over time, untreated or insufficiently treated gout may progress, with more frequent flares and formation of urate crystal deposits (tophi) and associated chronic, deforming arthritis (gouty arthropathy). One major aim in the management of gout is to treat the pain of acute flares aggressively with anti-inflammatory agents to reduce flare intensity and duration. This CME supplement discusses the risk factors and comorbidities that contribute to and exacerbate acute gout flares, the criteria for establishing a diagnosis of gout and how to establish goals for achieving, sustaining, and monitoring clinically meaningful urate lowering and means for optimizing patient adherence to long-term urate-lowering treatment.

Gout is a chronic, often silent disorder in its early stages that is punctuated by acute, extremely painful arthritic flares. Over time, untreated or insufficiently treated gout may progress, with more frequent flares and formation of urate crystal deposits (tophi) and associated chronic, deforming arthritis (gouty arthropathy). One major aim in the management of gout is to treat the pain of acute flares aggressively with anti-inflammatory agents to reduce flare intensity and duration. This CME supplement discusses the risk factors and comorbidities that contribute to and exacerbate acute gout flares, the criteria for establishing a diagnosis of gout and how to establish goals for achieving, sustaining, and monitoring clinically meaningful urate lowering and means for optimizing patient adherence to long-term urate-lowering treatment.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 59(6)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 59(6)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
What do I need to know about gout?
Display Headline
What do I need to know about gout?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Incidence, outcomes, and management of bleeding in non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Incidence, outcomes, and management of bleeding in non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes

The medical management of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes focuses on blocking the coagulation cascade and inhibiting platelets. This—plus diagnostic angiography followed, if needed, by revascularization—has reduced the rates of death and recurrent ischemic events.1 However, the combination of potent antithrombotic drugs and invasive procedures also increases the risk of bleeding.

This review discusses the incidence and complications associated with bleeding during the treatment of acute coronary syndromes and summarizes recommendations for preventing and managing bleeding in this setting.

THE TRUE INCIDENCE OF BLEEDING IS HARD TO DETERMINE

The optimal way to detect and analyze bleeding events in clinical trials and registries is highly debated. The reported incidences of bleeding during antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes depend on how bleeding was defined, how the acute coronary syndromes were treated, and on other factors such as how the study was designed.

How was bleeding defined?

The first bleeding classification schemes were the GUSTO2 and the TIMI3 scales (Table 1), both of which were developed for studies of thrombolytic therapy for ST-elevation myocardial infarction. The GUSTO classification is based on clinical events and categorizes bleeding as severe, moderate, or mild. In contrast, the TIMI classification is based on laboratory values and categorizes bleeding as major, moderate, or minor.

Since these classification schemes are based on different types of data, they yield different numbers when applied to the same study population. For instance, Rao et al4 pooled the data from the PURSUIT and PARAGON B trials (15,454 patients in all) and found that the incidence of severe bleeding (by the GUSTO criteria) was 1.2%, while the rate of major bleeding (by the TIMI criteria) was 8.2%.

What was the treatment strategy?

Another reason that the true incidence of bleeding is hard to determine is that different studies used treatment strategies that differed in the type, timing, and dose of antithrombotic agents and whether invasive procedures were used early. For example, if unfractionated heparin is used aggressively in regimens that are not adjusted for weight and with a higher target for the activated clotting time, the risk of bleeding is higher than with conservative dosing.5–7

Subherwal et al8 evaluated the effect of treatment strategy on the incidence of bleeding in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes who received two or more antithrombotic drugs in the CRUSADE Quality Improvement Initiative. The risk of bleeding was higher with an invasive approach (catheterization) than with a conservative approach (no catheterization), regardless of baseline bleeding risk.

What type of study was it?

Another source of variation is the design of the study. Registries differ from clinical trials in patient characteristics and in the way data are gathered (prospectively vs retrospectively).

In registries, data are often collected retrospectively, whereas in clinical trials the data are prospectively collected. For this reason, the definition of bleeding in registries is often based on events that are easily identified through chart review, such as transfusion. This may lead to a lower reported rate of bleeding, since other, less serious bleeding events such as access-site hematomas and epistaxis may not be documented in the medical record.

On the other hand, registries often include older and sicker patients, who may be more prone to bleeding and who are often excluded from clinical trials. This may lead to a higher rate of reported bleeding.9

Where the study was conducted makes a difference as well, owing to regional practice differences. For example, Moscucci et al10 reported that the incidence of major bleeding in 24,045 patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes in the GRACE registry (in 14 countries worldwide) was 3.9%. In contrast, Yang et al11 reported that the rate of bleeding in the CRUSADE registry (in the United States) was 10.3%.

This difference was partly influenced by different definitions of bleeding. The GRACE registry defined major bleeding as life-threatening events requiring transfusion of two or more units of packed red blood cells, or resulting in an absolute decrease in the hematocrit of 10% or more or death, or hemorrhagic subdural hematoma. In contrast, the CRUSADE data reflect bleeding requiring transfusion. However, practice patterns such as greater use of invasive procedures in the United States may also be responsible.

Rao and colleagues12 examined international variation in blood transfusion rates among patients with acute coronary syndromes. Patients outside the United States were significantly less likely to receive transfusions, even after adjusting for patient and practice differences.

Taking these confounders into account, it is reasonable to estimate that the frequency of bleeding in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes ranges from less than 1% to 10%.13

 

 

BLEEDING IS ASSOCIATED WITH POOR OUTCOMES

Regardless of the definition or the data source, hemorrhagic complications are associated with a higher risk of death and nonfatal adverse events, both in the short term and in the long term.

Short-term outcomes

A higher risk of death. In the GRACE registry study by Moscucci et al10 discussed above, patients who had major bleeding were significantly more likely to die during their hospitalization than those who did not (odds ratio [OR] 1.64, 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.18–2.28).

Rao et al14 evaluated pooled data from the multicenter international GUSTO IIb, PURSUIT, and PARAGON A and B trials and found that the effects of bleeding in non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes extended beyond the hospital stay. The more severe the bleeding (by the GUSTO criteria), the greater the adjusted hazard ratio (HR) for death within 30 days:

  • With mild bleeding—HR 1.6, 95% CI 1.3–1.9
  • With moderate bleeding—HR 2.7, 95% CI 2.3–3.4
  • With severe bleeding—HR 10.6, 95% CI 8.3–13.6.

The pattern was the same for death within 6 months:

  • With mild bleeding—HR 1.4, 95% CI 1.2–1.6
  • With moderate bleeding—HR 2.1, 95% CI 1.8–2.4
  • With severe bleeding, HR 7.5, 95% CI 6.1–9.3.

These findings were confirmed by Eikelboom et al15 in 34,146 patients with acute coronary syndromes in the OASIS registry, the OASIS-2 trial, and the CURE randomized trial. In the first 30 days, five times as many patients died (12.8% vs 2.5%; P < .0009) among those who developed major bleeding compared with those who did not. These investigators defined major bleeding as bleeding that was life-threatening or significantly disabling or that required transfusion of two or more units of packed red blood cells.

A higher risk of nonfatal adverse events. Bleeding after antithrombotic therapy for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes has also been associated with nonfatal adverse events such as stroke and stent thrombosis.

For example, in the study by Eikelboom et al,15 major bleeding was associated with a higher risk of recurrent ischemic events. Approximately 1 in 5 patients in the OASIS trials who developed major bleeding during the first 30 days died or had a myocardial infarction or stroke by 30 days, compared with 1 in 20 of those who did not develop major bleeding during the first 30 days. However, after events that occurred during the first 30 days were excluded, the association between major bleeding and both myocardial infarction and stroke was no longer evident between 30 days and 6 months.

Manoukian et al16 evaluated the impact of major bleeding in 13,819 patients with highrisk acute coronary syndromes undergoing treatment with an early invasive strategy in the ACUITY trial. At 30 days, patients with major bleeding had higher rates of the composite end point of death, myocardial infarction, or unplanned revascularization for ischemia (23.1% vs 6.8%, P < .0001) and of stent thrombosis (3.4% vs 0.6%, P < .0001).

Long-term outcomes

The association between bleeding and adverse outcomes persists in the long term as well, although the mechanisms underlying this association are not well studied.

Kinnaird et al17 examined the data from 10,974 unselected patients who underwent percutaneous coronary intervention. At 1 year, the following percentages of patients had died:

  • After TIMI major bleeding—17.2%
  • After TIMI minor bleeding—9.1%
  • After no bleeding—5.5%.

However, after adjustment for potential confounders, only transfusion remained a significant predictor of 1-year mortality.

Mehran et al18 evaluated 1-year mortality data from the ACUITY trial. Compared with the rate in patients who had no major bleeding and no myocardial infarction, the hazard ratios for death were:

  • After major bleeding—HR 3.5, 95% CI 2.7–4.4
  • After myocardial infarction—HR 3.1, 95% CI 2.4–3.9.

Interestingly, the risk of death associated with myocardial infarction abated after 7 days, while the risk associated with bleeding persisted beyond 30 days and remained constant throughout the first year following the bleeding event.

Similarly, Ndrepepa and colleagues19 examined pooled data from four ISAR trials using the TIMI bleeding scale and found that myocardial infarction, target vessel revascularization, and major bleeding all had similar discriminatory ability at predicting 1-year mortality.

In patients undergoing elective or urgent percutaneous coronary intervention in the REPLACE-2 trial,20 independent predictors of death by 1 year were21:

  • Major hemorrhage (OR 2.66, 95% CI 1.44–4.92)
  • Periprocedural myocardial infarction (OR 2.46, 95% CI 1.44–4.20).

THEORIES OF HOW BLEEDING MAY CAUSE ADVERSE OUTCOMES

Several mechanisms have been proposed to explain the association between bleeding during treatment for acute coronary syndromes and adverse clinical outcomes.13,22

The immediate effects of bleeding are thought to be hypotension and a reflex hyperadrenergic state to compensate for the loss of intravascular volume.23 This physiologic response is believed to contribute to myocardial ischemia by further decreasing myocardial oxygen supply in obstructive coronary disease.

Trying to minimize blood loss, physicians may withhold anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy, which in turn may lead to further ischemia.24 To compensate for blood loss, physicians may also resort to blood transfusion. However, depletion of 2,3-diphosphoglycerate and nitric oxide in stored donor red blood cells is postulated to reduce oxygen delivery by increasing hemoglobin’s affinity for oxygen, leading to induced microvascular obstruction and adverse inflammatory reactions.15,25

Recent data have also begun to elucidate the long-term effects of bleeding during acute coronary syndrome management. Patients with anemia during the acute phase of infarction have greater neurohormonal activation.26 These adaptive responses to anemia may lead to eccentric left ventricular remodeling that may lead to higher oxygen consumption, increased diastolic wall stress, interstitial fibrosis, and accelerated myocyte loss.27–30

Nevertheless, we must point out that although strong associations between bleeding and adverse outcomes have been established, direct causality has not.

 

 

TO PREVENT BLEEDING, START BY ASSESSING RISK

Figure 1.
Preventing bleeding is a key step in balancing the safety and efficacy of aggressive management of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes. Current guidelines1,31 call for assessing the risk of both thrombosis and bleeding in patients presenting with these syndromes (Figure 1). Doing so may allow clinicians to tailor therapy by adjusting the treatment regimen in patients at risk of bleeding to include medications associated with favorable bleeding profiles and by using radial access as the point of entry at the time of coronary artery angiography.

The CRUSADE bleeding risk score

The CRUSADE bleeding score (calculator available at http://www.crusadebleedingscore.org/) was developed and validated in more than 89,000 community-treated patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes.8 It is based on eight variables:

  • Sex (higher risk in women)
  • History of diabetes (higher risk)
  • Prior vascular disease (higher risk)
  • Heart rate (the higher the rate, the higher the risk)
  • Systolic blood pressure (higher risk with pressures above or below the 121–180 mm Hg range)
  • Signs of congestive heart failure (higher risk)
  • Baseline hematocrit (the lower the hematocrit, the higher the risk)
  • Creatinine clearance (by the Cockcroft-Gault formula; the lower the creatinine clearance, the higher the risk).

Patients who are found to have bleeding scores suggesting a moderate or higher risk of bleeding should be considered for medications associated with a favorable bleeding profile, and for radial access at the time of coronary angiography. Scores are graded as follows8:

  • < 21: Very low risk
  • 21–30: Low risk
  • 31–40: Moderate risk
  • 41–50: High risk
  • > 50: Very high risk.

The CRUSADE bleeding score is unique in that, unlike earlier risk stratification tools, it was developed in a “real world” population, not in subgroups or in a clinical trial. It can be calculated at baseline to help guide the selection of treatment.8

Adjusting the heparin regimen in patients at risk of bleeding

Both the joint American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 and the European Society of Cardiology guidelines31 for the treatment of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes recommend taking steps to prevent bleeding, such as adjusting the dosage of unfractionated heparin, using safer drugs, reducing the duration of antithrombotic treatment, and using combinations of antithrombotic and antiplatelet agents according to proven indications.31

In the CRUSADE registry, 42% of patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes received at least one initial dose of antithrombotic drug outside the recommended range, resulting in an estimated 15% excess of bleeding events.32 Thus, proper dosing is a target for prevention.

Appropriate antithrombotic dosing takes into account the patient’s age, weight, and renal function. However, heparin dosage in the current guidelines1 is based on weight only: a loading dose of 60 U/kg (maximum 4,000 U) by intravenous bolus, then 12 U/kg/hour (maximum 1,000 U/hour) to maintain an activated partial thromboplastin time of 50 to 70 seconds.1

Renal dysfunction is particularly worrisome in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes because it is associated with higher rates of major bleeding and death. In the OASIS-5 trial,33 the overall risk of death was approximately five times higher in patients in the lowest quartile of renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 58 mL/min/1.73 m2) than in the highest quartile (glomerular filtration rate ≥ 86 mL/min/1.73 m2).

Renal function must be evaluated not only on admission but also throughout the hospital stay. Patients presenting with acute coronary syndromes often experience fluctuations in renal function that would call for adjustment of heparin dosing, either increasing the dose to maximize the drug’s efficacy if renal function is recovering or decreasing the dose to prevent bleeding if renal function is deteriorating.

Clopidogrel vs prasugrel

Certain medications should be avoided when the risk of bleeding outweighs any potential benefit in terms of ischemia.

For example, in a randomized trial,34 prasugrel (Effient), a potent thienopyridine, was associated with a significantly lower rate of the composite end point of stroke, myocardial infarction, or death than clopidogrel (Plavix) in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions. However, it did not seem to offer any advantage in patients 75 years old and older, those with prior stroke or transient ischemic attack, or those weighing less than 60 kg, and it posed a substantially higher risk of bleeding.

With clopidogrel, the risk of acute bleeding is primarily in patients who undergo coronary artery bypass grafting within 5 days of receiving a dose.35,36 Therefore, clopidogrel should be stopped 5 to 7 days before bypass surgery.1 Importantly, there is no increased risk of recurrent ischemic events during this 5-day waiting period in patients who receive clopidogrel early. Therefore, the recommendation to stop clopidogrel before surgery does not negate the benefits of early treatment.36

Lower-risk drugs: Fondaparinux and bivalirudin

At this time, only two agents have been studied in clinical trials that have specifically focused on reducing bleeding risk: fondaparinux (Arixtra) and bivalirudin (Angiomax).20,37–39

Fondaparinux

OASIS-5 was a randomized, double-blind trial that compared fondaparinux and enoxaparin (Lovenox) in patients with acute coronary syndromes.38 Fondaparinux was similar to enoxaparin in terms of the combined end point of death, myocardial infarction, or refractory ischemia at 9 days, and fewer patients on fondaparinux developed bleeding (2.2% vs 4.1%, HR 0.52; 95% CI 0.44–0.61). This difference persisted during long-term follow-up.

Importantly, fewer patients died in the fondaparinux group. At 180 days, 638 (6.5%) of the patients in the enoxaparin group had died, compared with 574 (5.8%) in the fondaparinux group, a difference of 64 deaths (P = .05). The authors found that 41 fewer patients in the fondaparinux group than in the enoxaparin group died after major bleeding, and 20 fewer patients in the fondaparinux group died after minor bleeding.38 Thus, most of the difference in mortality rates between the two groups was attributed to a lower incidence of bleeding with fondaparinux.

Unfortunately, despite its safe bleeding profile, fondaparinux has fallen out of favor for use in acute coronary syndromes, owing to a higher risk of catheter thrombosis in the fondaparinux group (0.9%) than in those undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions with enoxaparin alone (0.4%) in the OASIS-5 trial.40

 

 

Bivalirudin

The direct thrombin inhibitor bivalirudin has been studied in three large randomized trials in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions.20,37,41

The ACUITY trial37 was a prospective, open-label, randomized, multicenter trial that compared three regimens in patients with moderate or high-risk non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes:

  • Heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor
  • Bivalirudin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor
  • Bivalirudin alone.

Bivalirudin alone was as effective as heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor with respect to the composite ischemia end point, which at 30 days had occurred in 7.8% vs 7.3% of the patients in these treatment groups (P = .32, RR 1.08; 95% CI 0.93–1.24), and it was superior with respect to major bleeding (3.0% vs 5.7%, P < .001, RR 0.53; 95% CI 0.43–0.65).

The HORIZONS-AMI study41 was a prospective, open-label, randomized, multicenter trial that compared bivalirudin alone vs heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor in patients with ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes who were undergoing primary percutaneous coronary interventions. The two primary end points were major bleeding and net adverse events.

At 1 year, patients assigned to bivalirudin had a lower rate of major bleeding than did controls (5.8% vs 9.2%, HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.48–0.78, P < .0001), with similar rates of major adverse cardiac events in both groups (11.9% vs 11.9%, HR 1.00, 95% CI 0.82– 1.21, P = .98).41

Both OASIS 5 and HORIZONS-AMI are examples of clinical trials in which strategies that reduced bleeding risk were also associated with improved survival.

For cardiac catheterization, inserting the catheter in the wrist poses less risk

Bleeding is currently the most common noncardiac complication in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions, and it most often occurs at the vascular access site.17

Rao et al12 evaluated data from 593,094 procedures in the National Cardiovascular Data Registry and found that, compared with the femoral approach, the use of transradial percutaneous coronary intervention was associated with a similar rate of procedural success (OR 1.02, 95% CI 0.93–1.12) but a significantly lower risk of bleeding complications (OR 0.42, 95% CI 0.31–0.56) after multivariable adjustment.

The use of smaller sheath sizes (4F–6F) and preferential use of bivalirudin over unfractionated heparin and glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor therapy are other methods described to decrease the risk of bleeding after percutaneous coronary interventions.20,41–49

IF BLEEDING OCCURS

Once a bleeding complication occurs, cessation of therapy is a potential option. Stopping or reversing antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy is warranted in the event of major bleeding (eg, gastrointestinal, retroperitoneal, intracranial).31

Stopping antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy

Whether bleeding is minor or major, the risk of a recurrent thrombotic event must be considered, especially in patients who have undergone revascularization, stent implantation, or both. The risk of acute thrombotic events after interrupting antithrombotic or antiplatelet agents is considered greatest 4 to 5 days following revascularization or percutaneous coronary intervention.15 If bleeding can be controlled with local treatment such as pressure, packing, or dressing, antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy need not be interrupted.50

Current guidelines recommend strict control of hemorrhage for at least 24 hours before reintroducing antiplatelet or antithrombotic agents.

It is also important to remember that in the setting of gastrointestinal bleeding due to peptic ulcer disease, adjunctive proton pump inhibitors are recommended after restarting antiplatelet or antithrombotic therapy or both.

Importantly, evidence-based antithrombotic medications (especially dual antiplatelet therapy) should be restarted once the acute bleeding event has resolved.31

Reversal of anticoagulant and antiplatelet therapies

Reversal of antithrombotic therapy is occasionally necessary (Table 2).

Unfractionated heparin is reversed with infusion of protamine sulfate at a dose of 1 mg per 100 U of unfractionated heparin given over the previous 4 hours.51,52 The rate of protamine sulfate infusion should be less than 100 mg over 2 hours, with 50% of the dose given initially and subsequent doses titrated according to bleeding response.52,53 Protamine sulfate is associated with a risk of hypotension and bradycardia, and for this reason it should be given no faster than 5 mg/min.

Low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) can be inhibited by 1 mg of protamine sulfate for each 1 mg of LMWH given over the previous 4 hours.51,52

However, protamine sulfate only partially neutralizes the anticoagulant effect of LMWH. In cases in which protamine sulfate is unsuccessful in abating bleeding associated with LMWH use, guidelines allow for the use of recombinant factor VIIa (NovoSeven).31 In healthy volunteers given fondaparinux, recombinant factor VIIa normalized coagulation times and thrombin generation within 1.5 hours, with a sustained effect for 6 hours.52

It is important to note that the use of this agent has not been fully studied, it is very costly (a single dose of 40 μg/kg costs from $3,000 to $4,000), and it is linked to reports of increased risk of thrombotic complications.54,55

Antiplatelet agents are more complex to reverse. The antiplatelet actions of aspirin and clopidogrel wear off as new platelets are produced. Approximately 10% of a patient’s platelet count is produced daily; thus, the antiplatelet effects of aspirin and clopidogrel can persist for 5 to 10 days.31,56

If these agents need to be reversed quickly to stop bleeding, according to expert consensus the aspirin effect can be reversed by transfusion of one unit of platelets. The antiplatelet effect of clopidogrel is more significant than that of aspirin; thus, two units of platelets are recommended.56

Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors. If a major bleeding event requires the reversal of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor therapy, the treatment must take into consideration the pharmacodynamics of the target drug. Both eptifibatide (Integrilin) and tirofiban (Aggrastat) competitively inhibit glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptors; thus, their effects depend on dosing, elimination, and time. Due to the stoichiometry of both drugs, transfusion of platelets is ineffective. Both eptifibatide and tirofiban are eliminated by the kidney; thus, normal renal function is key to the amount of time it takes for platelet function to return to baseline.57 Evidence suggests that fibrinogen-rich plasma can be administered to restore platelet function.31,58,59

Abciximab (ReoPro). Whereas reversal of eptifibatide and tirofiban focuses on overcoming competitive inhibition, neutralization of abciximab involves overcoming its high receptor affinity. At 24 hours after abciximab infusion is stopped, platelet aggregation may still be inhibited by up to 50%. Fortunately, owing to abciximab’s short plasma half-life and its dilution in serum, platelet transfusion is effective in reversing its antiplatelet effects.31,57

 

 

Blood transfusion

Long considered beneficial to critically ill patients, blood transfusion to maintain hematocrit levels during acute coronary syndromes has come under intense scrutiny. Randomized trials have shown that transfusion should not be given aggressively to critically ill patients.60 In acute coronary syndromes, there are only observational data.

Rao et al61 used detailed clinical data from 24,112 patients with acute coronary syndromes in the GUSTO IIb, PURSUIT, and PARAGON B trials to determine the association between blood transfusion and outcomes in patients who developed moderate to severe bleeding, anemia, or both during their hospitalization. The rates of death in the hospital and at 30 days were significantly higher in patients who received a transfusion (30-day mortality HR 3.94; 95% CI 3.36–4.75). However, there was no significant association between transfusion and the 30-day mortality rate if the nadir hematocrit was 25% or less.

Of note: no randomized clinical trial has evaluated transfusion strategies in acute coronary syndromes at this time. Until such data are available, it is reasonable to follow published guidelines and to avoid transfusion in stable patients with ischemic heart disease unless the hematocrit is 25% or less.31 The risks and benefits of blood transfusion should be carefully weighed. Routine use of transfusion to maintain predefined hemoglobin levels is not recommended in stable patients.

References
  1. Anderson JL, Adams CD, Antman EM, et al. ACC/AHA 2007 guidelines for the management of patients with unstable angina/non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 50:e1e157.
  2. The GUSTO Investigators. An international randomized trial comparing four thrombolytic strategies for acute myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:673682.
  3. Chesebro JH, Knatterud G, Roberts R, et al. Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction (TIMI) Trial, Phase I: a comparison between intravenous tissue plasminogen activator and intravenous streptokinase. Clinical findings through hospital discharge. Circulation 1987; 76:142154.
  4. Rao SV, O’Grady K, Pieper KS, et al. A comparison of the clinical impact of bleeding measured by two different classifications among patients with acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2006; 47:809816.
  5. Granger CB, Hirsch J, Califf RM, et al. Activated partial thromboplastin time and outcome after thrombolytic therapy for acute myocardial infarction: results from the GUSTO-I trial. Circulation 1996; 93:870878.
  6. Gilchrist IC, Berkowitz SD, Thompson TD, Califf RM, Granger CB. Heparin dosing and outcome in acute coronary syndromes: the GUSTO-IIb experience. Global Use of Strategies to Open Occluded Coronary Arteries. Am Heart J 2002; 144:7380.
  7. Tolleson TR, O’Shea JC, Bittl JA, et al. Relationship between heparin anticoagulation and clinical outcomes in coronary stent intervention: observations from the ESPRIT trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2003; 41:386393.
  8. Subherwal S, Bach RG, Chen AY, et al. Baseline risk of major bleeding in non-ST-segment-elevation myocardial infarction: the CRUSADE (Can Rapid risk stratification of Unstable angina patients Suppress ADverse outcomes with Early implementation of the ACC/AHA Guidelines) Bleeding Score. Circulation 2009; 119:18731882.
  9. Bassand JP. Bleeding and transfusion in acute coronary syndromes: a shift in the paradigm. Heart 2008; 94:661666.
  10. Moscucci M, Fox KA, Cannon CP, et al. Predictors of major bleeding in acute coronary syndromes: the Global Registry of Acute Coronary Events (GRACE). Eur Heart J 2003; 24:18151823.
  11. Yang X, Alexander KP, Chen AY, et al; CRUSADE Investigators. The implications of blood transfusions for patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes: results from the CRUSADE National Quality Improvement Initiative. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005; 46:14901495.
  12. Rao SV, Ou FS, Wang TY, et al. Trends in the prevalence and outcomes of radial and femoral approaches to percutaneous coronary intervention: a report from the National Cardiovascular Data Registry. JACC Cardiovasc Interv 2008; 1:379386.
  13. Rao SV, Eikelboom JA, Granger CB, Harrington RA, Califf RM, Bassand JP. Bleeding and blood transfusion issues in patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:11931204.
  14. Rao SV, O’Grady K, Pieper KS, et al. Impact of bleeding severity on clinical outcomes among patients with acute coronary syndromes. Am J Cardiol 2005; 96:12001206.
  15. Eikelboom JW, Mehta SR, Anand SS, Xie C, Fox KA, Yusuf S. Adverse impact of bleeding on prognosis in patients with acute coronary syndromes. Circulation 2006; 114:774782.
  16. Manoukian SV, Feit F, Mehran R, et al. Impact of major bleeding on 30-day mortality and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes: an analysis from the ACUITY Trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 49:13621368.
  17. Kinnaird TD, Stabile E, Mintz GS, et al. Incidence, predictors, and prognostic implications of bleeding and blood transfusion following percutaneous coronary interventions. Am J Cardiol 2003; 92:930935.
  18. Mehran R, Pocock SJ, Stone GW, et al. Associations of major bleeding and myocardial infarction with the incidence and timing of mortality in patients presenting with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes: a risk model from the ACUITY trial. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:14571466.
  19. Ndrepepa G, Berger PB, Mehilli J, et al. Periprocedural bleeding and 1-year outcome after percutaneous coronary interventions: appropriateness of including bleeding as a component of a quadruple end point. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 51:690697.
  20. Lincoff AM, Bittl JA, Harrington RA, et al; REPLACE-2 Investigators. Bivalirudin and provisional glycoprotein IIb/IIIa blockade compared with heparin and planned glycoprotein IIb/IIIa blockade during percutaneous coronary intervention: REPLACE-2 randomized trial. JAMA 2003; 289:853863.
  21. Feit F, Voeltz MD, Attubato MJ, et al. Predictors and impact of major hemorrhage on mortality following percutaneous coronary intervention from the REPLACE-2 Trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 100:13641369.
  22. Fitchett D. The impact of bleeding in patients with acute coronary syndromes: how to optimize the benefits of treatment and minimize the risk. Can J Cardiol 2007; 23:663671.
  23. Bassand JP. Impact of anaemia, bleeding, and transfusions in acute coronary syndromes: a shift in the paradigm. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:12731274.
  24. Yan AT, Yan RT, Huynh T, et al; INTERACT Investigators. Bleeding and outcome in acute coronary syndrome: insights from continuous electrocardiogram monitoring in the Integrilin and Enoxaparin Randomized Assessment of Acute Coronary Syndrome Treatment (INTERACT) Trial. Am Heart J 2008; 156:769775.
  25. Jolicoeur EM, O’Neill WW, Hellkamp A, et al; APEX-AMI Investigators. Transfusion and mortality in patients with ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction treated with primary percutaneous coronary intervention. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:25752583.
  26. Gehi A, Ix J, Shlipak M, Pipkin SS, Whooley MA. Relation of anemia to low heart rate variability in patients with coronary heart disease (from the Heart and Soul study). Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:14741477.
  27. Anand I, McMurray JJ, Whitmore J, et al. Anemia and its relationship to clinical outcome in heart failure. Circulation 2004; 110:149154.
  28. O’Riordan E, Foley RN. Effects of anaemia on cardiovascular status. Nephrol Dial Transplant 2000; 15(suppl 3):1922.
  29. Olivetti G, Quaini F, Lagrasta C, et al. Myocyte cellular hypertrophy and hyperplasia contribute to ventricular wall remodeling in anemia-induced cardiac hypertrophy in rats. Am J Pathol 1992; 141:227239.
  30. Aronson D, Suleiman M, Agmon Y, et al. Changes in haemoglobin levels during hospital course and long-term outcome after acute myocardial infarction. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:12891296.
  31. Task Force for Diagnosis and Treatment of Non-ST-Segment Elevation Acute Coronary Syndromes of European Society of Cardiology; Bassand JP, Hamm CW, Ardissino D, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:15981660.
  32. Alexander KP, Chen AY, Roe MT, et al; CRUSADE Investigators. Excess dosing of antiplatelet and antithrombin agents in the treatment of non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. JAMA 2005; 294:31083116.
  33. Fox KA, Bassand JP, Mehta SR, et al; OASIS 5 Investigators. Influence of renal function on the efficacy and safety of fondaparinux relative to enoxaparin in non ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:304310.
  34. Wiviott SD, Braunwald E, McCabe CH, et al; TRITON-TIMI 38 Investigators. Prasugrel versus clopidogrel in patients with acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:20012015.
  35. Berger JS, Frye CB, Harshaw Q, Edwards FH, Steinhubl SR, Becker RC. Impact of clopidogrel in patients with acute coronary syndromes requiring coronary artery bypass surgery: a multicenter analysis. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 52:16931701.
  36. Fox KA, Mehta SR, Peters R, et al; Clopidogrel in Unstable angina to prevent Recurrent ischemic Events Trial. Benefits and risks of the combination of clopidogrel and aspirin in patients undergoing surgical revascularization for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome: the Clopidogrel in Unstable angina to prevent Recurrent ischemic Events (CURE) Trial. Circulation 2004; 110:12021208.
  37. Stone GW, McLaurin BT, Cox DA, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Bivalirudin for patients with acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:22032216.
  38. Fifth Organization to Assess Strategies in Acute Ischemic Syndromes Investigators; Yusuf S, Mehta SR, Chrolavicius S, et al. Comparison of fondaparinux and enoxaparin in acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:14641476.
  39. Potsis TZ, Katsouras C, Goudevenos JA. Avoiding and managing bleeding complications in patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Angiology 2009; 60:148158.
  40. Mehta SR, Granger CB, Eikelboom JW, et al. Efficacy and safety of fondaparinux versus enoxaparin in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: results from the OASIS-5 trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 50:17421751.
  41. Mehran R, Lansky AJ, Witzenbichler B, et al; HORIZONS-AMI Trial Investigators. Bivalirudin in patients undergoing primary angioplasty for acute myocardial infarction (HORIZONS-AMI): 1-year results of a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2009; 374:11491159.
  42. Stone GW, Ware JH, Bertrand ME, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Antithrombotic strategies in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing early invasive management: one-year results from the ACUITY trial. JAMA 2007; 298:24972506.
  43. Cantor WJ, Mahaffey KW, Huang Z, et al. Bleeding complications in patients with acute coronary syndrome undergoing early invasive management can be reduced with radial access, smaller sheath sizes, and timely sheath removal. Catheter Cardiovasc Interv 2007; 69:7383.
  44. Büchler JR, Ribeiro EE, Falcão JL, et al. A randomized trial of 5 versus 7 French guiding catheters for transfemoral percutaneous coronary stent implantation. J Interv Cardiol 2008; 21:5055.
  45. Shammas NW, Allie D, Hall P, et al; APPROVE Investigators. Predictors of in-hospital and 30-day complications of peripheral vascular interventions using bivalirudin as the primary anticoagulant: results from the APPROVE Registry. J Invasive Cardiol 2005; 17:356359.
  46. Doyle BJ, Ting HH, Bell MR, et al. Major femoral bleeding complications after percutaneous coronary intervention: incidence, predictors, and impact on long-term survival among 17,901 patients treated at the Mayo Clinic from 1994 to 2005. JACC Cardiovasc Interv 2008; 1:202209.
  47. Stone GW, White HD, Ohman EM, et al; Acute Catheterization and Urgent Intervention Triage strategy (ACUITY) trial investigators. Bivalirudin in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: a subgroup analysis from the Acute Catheterization and Urgent Intervention Triage strategy (ACUITY) trial. Lancet 2007; 369:907919.
  48. Stone GW, Bertrand ME, Moses JW, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Routine upstream initiation vs deferred selective use of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors in acute coronary syndromes: the ACUITY Timing trial. JAMA 2007; 297:591602.
  49. Lincoff AM, Bittl JA, Kleiman NS, et al; REPLACE-1 Investigators. Comparison of bivalirudin versus heparin during percutaneous coronary intervention (the Randomized Evaluation of PCI Linking Angiomax to Reduced Clinical Events [REPLACE]-1 trial). Am J Cardiol 2004; 93:10921096.
  50. Barkun A, Bardou M, Marshall JK; Nonvariceal Upper GI Bleeding Consensus Conference Group. Consensus recommendations for managing patients with nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding. Ann Intern Med 2003; 139:843857.
  51. Warkentin TE, Crowther MA. Reversing anticoagulants both old and new. Can J Anaesth 2002; 49:S11S25.
  52. Crowther MA, Warkentin TE. Bleeding risk and the management of bleeding complications in patients undergoing anticoagulant therapy: focus on new anticoagulant agents. Blood 2008; 111:48714879.
  53. Kessler CM. Current and future challenges of antithrombotic agents and anticoagulants: strategies for reversal of hemorrhagic complications. Semin Hematol 2004; 41(suppl 1):4450.
  54. Ganguly S, Spengel K, Tilzer LL, O’Neal B, Simpson SQ. Recombinant factor VIIa: unregulated continuous use in patients with bleeding and coagulopathy does not alter mortality and outcome. Clin Lab Haematol 2006; 28:309312.
  55. O’Connell KA, Wood JJ, Wise RP, Lozier JN, Braun MM. Thromboembolic adverse events after use of recombinant human coagulation factor VIIa. JAMA 2006; 295:293298.
  56. Beshay JE, Morgan H, Madden C, Yu W, Sarode R. Emergency reversal of anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapies in neurosurgical patients. J Neurosurg 2010; 112:307318.
  57. Tcheng JE. Clinical challenges of platelet glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor inhibitor therapy: bleeding, reversal, thrombocytopenia, and retreatment. Am Heart J 2000; 139:S38S45.
  58. Li YF, Spencer FA, Becker RC. Comparative efficacy of fibrinogen and platelet supplementation on the in vitro reversibility of competitive glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor-directed platelet inhibition. Am Heart J 2002; 143:725732.
  59. Schroeder WS, Gandhi PJ. Emergency management of hemorrhagic complications in the era of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor antagonists, clopidogrel, low molecular weight heparin, and third-generation fibrinolytic agents. Curr Cardiol Rep 2003; 5:310317.
  60. Hébert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med 1999; 340:409417.
  61. Rao SV, Jollis JG, Harrington RA, et al. Relationship of blood transfusion and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes. JAMA 2004; 292:15551562.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Antonio Gutierrez, MD
Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC

Sunil V. Rao, MD
Duke Clinical Research Institute, Durham, NC

Address: Antonio Gutierrez, MD, Duke University Medical Center, 2301 Erwin Road, Durham, NC 27710; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rao has disclosed receiving consulting fees and honoraria from The Medicines Company for teaching and speaking.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
369-379
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Antonio Gutierrez, MD
Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC

Sunil V. Rao, MD
Duke Clinical Research Institute, Durham, NC

Address: Antonio Gutierrez, MD, Duke University Medical Center, 2301 Erwin Road, Durham, NC 27710; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rao has disclosed receiving consulting fees and honoraria from The Medicines Company for teaching and speaking.

Author and Disclosure Information

Antonio Gutierrez, MD
Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC

Sunil V. Rao, MD
Duke Clinical Research Institute, Durham, NC

Address: Antonio Gutierrez, MD, Duke University Medical Center, 2301 Erwin Road, Durham, NC 27710; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rao has disclosed receiving consulting fees and honoraria from The Medicines Company for teaching and speaking.

Article PDF
Article PDF

The medical management of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes focuses on blocking the coagulation cascade and inhibiting platelets. This—plus diagnostic angiography followed, if needed, by revascularization—has reduced the rates of death and recurrent ischemic events.1 However, the combination of potent antithrombotic drugs and invasive procedures also increases the risk of bleeding.

This review discusses the incidence and complications associated with bleeding during the treatment of acute coronary syndromes and summarizes recommendations for preventing and managing bleeding in this setting.

THE TRUE INCIDENCE OF BLEEDING IS HARD TO DETERMINE

The optimal way to detect and analyze bleeding events in clinical trials and registries is highly debated. The reported incidences of bleeding during antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes depend on how bleeding was defined, how the acute coronary syndromes were treated, and on other factors such as how the study was designed.

How was bleeding defined?

The first bleeding classification schemes were the GUSTO2 and the TIMI3 scales (Table 1), both of which were developed for studies of thrombolytic therapy for ST-elevation myocardial infarction. The GUSTO classification is based on clinical events and categorizes bleeding as severe, moderate, or mild. In contrast, the TIMI classification is based on laboratory values and categorizes bleeding as major, moderate, or minor.

Since these classification schemes are based on different types of data, they yield different numbers when applied to the same study population. For instance, Rao et al4 pooled the data from the PURSUIT and PARAGON B trials (15,454 patients in all) and found that the incidence of severe bleeding (by the GUSTO criteria) was 1.2%, while the rate of major bleeding (by the TIMI criteria) was 8.2%.

What was the treatment strategy?

Another reason that the true incidence of bleeding is hard to determine is that different studies used treatment strategies that differed in the type, timing, and dose of antithrombotic agents and whether invasive procedures were used early. For example, if unfractionated heparin is used aggressively in regimens that are not adjusted for weight and with a higher target for the activated clotting time, the risk of bleeding is higher than with conservative dosing.5–7

Subherwal et al8 evaluated the effect of treatment strategy on the incidence of bleeding in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes who received two or more antithrombotic drugs in the CRUSADE Quality Improvement Initiative. The risk of bleeding was higher with an invasive approach (catheterization) than with a conservative approach (no catheterization), regardless of baseline bleeding risk.

What type of study was it?

Another source of variation is the design of the study. Registries differ from clinical trials in patient characteristics and in the way data are gathered (prospectively vs retrospectively).

In registries, data are often collected retrospectively, whereas in clinical trials the data are prospectively collected. For this reason, the definition of bleeding in registries is often based on events that are easily identified through chart review, such as transfusion. This may lead to a lower reported rate of bleeding, since other, less serious bleeding events such as access-site hematomas and epistaxis may not be documented in the medical record.

On the other hand, registries often include older and sicker patients, who may be more prone to bleeding and who are often excluded from clinical trials. This may lead to a higher rate of reported bleeding.9

Where the study was conducted makes a difference as well, owing to regional practice differences. For example, Moscucci et al10 reported that the incidence of major bleeding in 24,045 patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes in the GRACE registry (in 14 countries worldwide) was 3.9%. In contrast, Yang et al11 reported that the rate of bleeding in the CRUSADE registry (in the United States) was 10.3%.

This difference was partly influenced by different definitions of bleeding. The GRACE registry defined major bleeding as life-threatening events requiring transfusion of two or more units of packed red blood cells, or resulting in an absolute decrease in the hematocrit of 10% or more or death, or hemorrhagic subdural hematoma. In contrast, the CRUSADE data reflect bleeding requiring transfusion. However, practice patterns such as greater use of invasive procedures in the United States may also be responsible.

Rao and colleagues12 examined international variation in blood transfusion rates among patients with acute coronary syndromes. Patients outside the United States were significantly less likely to receive transfusions, even after adjusting for patient and practice differences.

Taking these confounders into account, it is reasonable to estimate that the frequency of bleeding in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes ranges from less than 1% to 10%.13

 

 

BLEEDING IS ASSOCIATED WITH POOR OUTCOMES

Regardless of the definition or the data source, hemorrhagic complications are associated with a higher risk of death and nonfatal adverse events, both in the short term and in the long term.

Short-term outcomes

A higher risk of death. In the GRACE registry study by Moscucci et al10 discussed above, patients who had major bleeding were significantly more likely to die during their hospitalization than those who did not (odds ratio [OR] 1.64, 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.18–2.28).

Rao et al14 evaluated pooled data from the multicenter international GUSTO IIb, PURSUIT, and PARAGON A and B trials and found that the effects of bleeding in non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes extended beyond the hospital stay. The more severe the bleeding (by the GUSTO criteria), the greater the adjusted hazard ratio (HR) for death within 30 days:

  • With mild bleeding—HR 1.6, 95% CI 1.3–1.9
  • With moderate bleeding—HR 2.7, 95% CI 2.3–3.4
  • With severe bleeding—HR 10.6, 95% CI 8.3–13.6.

The pattern was the same for death within 6 months:

  • With mild bleeding—HR 1.4, 95% CI 1.2–1.6
  • With moderate bleeding—HR 2.1, 95% CI 1.8–2.4
  • With severe bleeding, HR 7.5, 95% CI 6.1–9.3.

These findings were confirmed by Eikelboom et al15 in 34,146 patients with acute coronary syndromes in the OASIS registry, the OASIS-2 trial, and the CURE randomized trial. In the first 30 days, five times as many patients died (12.8% vs 2.5%; P < .0009) among those who developed major bleeding compared with those who did not. These investigators defined major bleeding as bleeding that was life-threatening or significantly disabling or that required transfusion of two or more units of packed red blood cells.

A higher risk of nonfatal adverse events. Bleeding after antithrombotic therapy for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes has also been associated with nonfatal adverse events such as stroke and stent thrombosis.

For example, in the study by Eikelboom et al,15 major bleeding was associated with a higher risk of recurrent ischemic events. Approximately 1 in 5 patients in the OASIS trials who developed major bleeding during the first 30 days died or had a myocardial infarction or stroke by 30 days, compared with 1 in 20 of those who did not develop major bleeding during the first 30 days. However, after events that occurred during the first 30 days were excluded, the association between major bleeding and both myocardial infarction and stroke was no longer evident between 30 days and 6 months.

Manoukian et al16 evaluated the impact of major bleeding in 13,819 patients with highrisk acute coronary syndromes undergoing treatment with an early invasive strategy in the ACUITY trial. At 30 days, patients with major bleeding had higher rates of the composite end point of death, myocardial infarction, or unplanned revascularization for ischemia (23.1% vs 6.8%, P < .0001) and of stent thrombosis (3.4% vs 0.6%, P < .0001).

Long-term outcomes

The association between bleeding and adverse outcomes persists in the long term as well, although the mechanisms underlying this association are not well studied.

Kinnaird et al17 examined the data from 10,974 unselected patients who underwent percutaneous coronary intervention. At 1 year, the following percentages of patients had died:

  • After TIMI major bleeding—17.2%
  • After TIMI minor bleeding—9.1%
  • After no bleeding—5.5%.

However, after adjustment for potential confounders, only transfusion remained a significant predictor of 1-year mortality.

Mehran et al18 evaluated 1-year mortality data from the ACUITY trial. Compared with the rate in patients who had no major bleeding and no myocardial infarction, the hazard ratios for death were:

  • After major bleeding—HR 3.5, 95% CI 2.7–4.4
  • After myocardial infarction—HR 3.1, 95% CI 2.4–3.9.

Interestingly, the risk of death associated with myocardial infarction abated after 7 days, while the risk associated with bleeding persisted beyond 30 days and remained constant throughout the first year following the bleeding event.

Similarly, Ndrepepa and colleagues19 examined pooled data from four ISAR trials using the TIMI bleeding scale and found that myocardial infarction, target vessel revascularization, and major bleeding all had similar discriminatory ability at predicting 1-year mortality.

In patients undergoing elective or urgent percutaneous coronary intervention in the REPLACE-2 trial,20 independent predictors of death by 1 year were21:

  • Major hemorrhage (OR 2.66, 95% CI 1.44–4.92)
  • Periprocedural myocardial infarction (OR 2.46, 95% CI 1.44–4.20).

THEORIES OF HOW BLEEDING MAY CAUSE ADVERSE OUTCOMES

Several mechanisms have been proposed to explain the association between bleeding during treatment for acute coronary syndromes and adverse clinical outcomes.13,22

The immediate effects of bleeding are thought to be hypotension and a reflex hyperadrenergic state to compensate for the loss of intravascular volume.23 This physiologic response is believed to contribute to myocardial ischemia by further decreasing myocardial oxygen supply in obstructive coronary disease.

Trying to minimize blood loss, physicians may withhold anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy, which in turn may lead to further ischemia.24 To compensate for blood loss, physicians may also resort to blood transfusion. However, depletion of 2,3-diphosphoglycerate and nitric oxide in stored donor red blood cells is postulated to reduce oxygen delivery by increasing hemoglobin’s affinity for oxygen, leading to induced microvascular obstruction and adverse inflammatory reactions.15,25

Recent data have also begun to elucidate the long-term effects of bleeding during acute coronary syndrome management. Patients with anemia during the acute phase of infarction have greater neurohormonal activation.26 These adaptive responses to anemia may lead to eccentric left ventricular remodeling that may lead to higher oxygen consumption, increased diastolic wall stress, interstitial fibrosis, and accelerated myocyte loss.27–30

Nevertheless, we must point out that although strong associations between bleeding and adverse outcomes have been established, direct causality has not.

 

 

TO PREVENT BLEEDING, START BY ASSESSING RISK

Figure 1.
Preventing bleeding is a key step in balancing the safety and efficacy of aggressive management of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes. Current guidelines1,31 call for assessing the risk of both thrombosis and bleeding in patients presenting with these syndromes (Figure 1). Doing so may allow clinicians to tailor therapy by adjusting the treatment regimen in patients at risk of bleeding to include medications associated with favorable bleeding profiles and by using radial access as the point of entry at the time of coronary artery angiography.

The CRUSADE bleeding risk score

The CRUSADE bleeding score (calculator available at http://www.crusadebleedingscore.org/) was developed and validated in more than 89,000 community-treated patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes.8 It is based on eight variables:

  • Sex (higher risk in women)
  • History of diabetes (higher risk)
  • Prior vascular disease (higher risk)
  • Heart rate (the higher the rate, the higher the risk)
  • Systolic blood pressure (higher risk with pressures above or below the 121–180 mm Hg range)
  • Signs of congestive heart failure (higher risk)
  • Baseline hematocrit (the lower the hematocrit, the higher the risk)
  • Creatinine clearance (by the Cockcroft-Gault formula; the lower the creatinine clearance, the higher the risk).

Patients who are found to have bleeding scores suggesting a moderate or higher risk of bleeding should be considered for medications associated with a favorable bleeding profile, and for radial access at the time of coronary angiography. Scores are graded as follows8:

  • < 21: Very low risk
  • 21–30: Low risk
  • 31–40: Moderate risk
  • 41–50: High risk
  • > 50: Very high risk.

The CRUSADE bleeding score is unique in that, unlike earlier risk stratification tools, it was developed in a “real world” population, not in subgroups or in a clinical trial. It can be calculated at baseline to help guide the selection of treatment.8

Adjusting the heparin regimen in patients at risk of bleeding

Both the joint American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 and the European Society of Cardiology guidelines31 for the treatment of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes recommend taking steps to prevent bleeding, such as adjusting the dosage of unfractionated heparin, using safer drugs, reducing the duration of antithrombotic treatment, and using combinations of antithrombotic and antiplatelet agents according to proven indications.31

In the CRUSADE registry, 42% of patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes received at least one initial dose of antithrombotic drug outside the recommended range, resulting in an estimated 15% excess of bleeding events.32 Thus, proper dosing is a target for prevention.

Appropriate antithrombotic dosing takes into account the patient’s age, weight, and renal function. However, heparin dosage in the current guidelines1 is based on weight only: a loading dose of 60 U/kg (maximum 4,000 U) by intravenous bolus, then 12 U/kg/hour (maximum 1,000 U/hour) to maintain an activated partial thromboplastin time of 50 to 70 seconds.1

Renal dysfunction is particularly worrisome in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes because it is associated with higher rates of major bleeding and death. In the OASIS-5 trial,33 the overall risk of death was approximately five times higher in patients in the lowest quartile of renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 58 mL/min/1.73 m2) than in the highest quartile (glomerular filtration rate ≥ 86 mL/min/1.73 m2).

Renal function must be evaluated not only on admission but also throughout the hospital stay. Patients presenting with acute coronary syndromes often experience fluctuations in renal function that would call for adjustment of heparin dosing, either increasing the dose to maximize the drug’s efficacy if renal function is recovering or decreasing the dose to prevent bleeding if renal function is deteriorating.

Clopidogrel vs prasugrel

Certain medications should be avoided when the risk of bleeding outweighs any potential benefit in terms of ischemia.

For example, in a randomized trial,34 prasugrel (Effient), a potent thienopyridine, was associated with a significantly lower rate of the composite end point of stroke, myocardial infarction, or death than clopidogrel (Plavix) in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions. However, it did not seem to offer any advantage in patients 75 years old and older, those with prior stroke or transient ischemic attack, or those weighing less than 60 kg, and it posed a substantially higher risk of bleeding.

With clopidogrel, the risk of acute bleeding is primarily in patients who undergo coronary artery bypass grafting within 5 days of receiving a dose.35,36 Therefore, clopidogrel should be stopped 5 to 7 days before bypass surgery.1 Importantly, there is no increased risk of recurrent ischemic events during this 5-day waiting period in patients who receive clopidogrel early. Therefore, the recommendation to stop clopidogrel before surgery does not negate the benefits of early treatment.36

Lower-risk drugs: Fondaparinux and bivalirudin

At this time, only two agents have been studied in clinical trials that have specifically focused on reducing bleeding risk: fondaparinux (Arixtra) and bivalirudin (Angiomax).20,37–39

Fondaparinux

OASIS-5 was a randomized, double-blind trial that compared fondaparinux and enoxaparin (Lovenox) in patients with acute coronary syndromes.38 Fondaparinux was similar to enoxaparin in terms of the combined end point of death, myocardial infarction, or refractory ischemia at 9 days, and fewer patients on fondaparinux developed bleeding (2.2% vs 4.1%, HR 0.52; 95% CI 0.44–0.61). This difference persisted during long-term follow-up.

Importantly, fewer patients died in the fondaparinux group. At 180 days, 638 (6.5%) of the patients in the enoxaparin group had died, compared with 574 (5.8%) in the fondaparinux group, a difference of 64 deaths (P = .05). The authors found that 41 fewer patients in the fondaparinux group than in the enoxaparin group died after major bleeding, and 20 fewer patients in the fondaparinux group died after minor bleeding.38 Thus, most of the difference in mortality rates between the two groups was attributed to a lower incidence of bleeding with fondaparinux.

Unfortunately, despite its safe bleeding profile, fondaparinux has fallen out of favor for use in acute coronary syndromes, owing to a higher risk of catheter thrombosis in the fondaparinux group (0.9%) than in those undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions with enoxaparin alone (0.4%) in the OASIS-5 trial.40

 

 

Bivalirudin

The direct thrombin inhibitor bivalirudin has been studied in three large randomized trials in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions.20,37,41

The ACUITY trial37 was a prospective, open-label, randomized, multicenter trial that compared three regimens in patients with moderate or high-risk non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes:

  • Heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor
  • Bivalirudin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor
  • Bivalirudin alone.

Bivalirudin alone was as effective as heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor with respect to the composite ischemia end point, which at 30 days had occurred in 7.8% vs 7.3% of the patients in these treatment groups (P = .32, RR 1.08; 95% CI 0.93–1.24), and it was superior with respect to major bleeding (3.0% vs 5.7%, P < .001, RR 0.53; 95% CI 0.43–0.65).

The HORIZONS-AMI study41 was a prospective, open-label, randomized, multicenter trial that compared bivalirudin alone vs heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor in patients with ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes who were undergoing primary percutaneous coronary interventions. The two primary end points were major bleeding and net adverse events.

At 1 year, patients assigned to bivalirudin had a lower rate of major bleeding than did controls (5.8% vs 9.2%, HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.48–0.78, P < .0001), with similar rates of major adverse cardiac events in both groups (11.9% vs 11.9%, HR 1.00, 95% CI 0.82– 1.21, P = .98).41

Both OASIS 5 and HORIZONS-AMI are examples of clinical trials in which strategies that reduced bleeding risk were also associated with improved survival.

For cardiac catheterization, inserting the catheter in the wrist poses less risk

Bleeding is currently the most common noncardiac complication in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions, and it most often occurs at the vascular access site.17

Rao et al12 evaluated data from 593,094 procedures in the National Cardiovascular Data Registry and found that, compared with the femoral approach, the use of transradial percutaneous coronary intervention was associated with a similar rate of procedural success (OR 1.02, 95% CI 0.93–1.12) but a significantly lower risk of bleeding complications (OR 0.42, 95% CI 0.31–0.56) after multivariable adjustment.

The use of smaller sheath sizes (4F–6F) and preferential use of bivalirudin over unfractionated heparin and glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor therapy are other methods described to decrease the risk of bleeding after percutaneous coronary interventions.20,41–49

IF BLEEDING OCCURS

Once a bleeding complication occurs, cessation of therapy is a potential option. Stopping or reversing antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy is warranted in the event of major bleeding (eg, gastrointestinal, retroperitoneal, intracranial).31

Stopping antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy

Whether bleeding is minor or major, the risk of a recurrent thrombotic event must be considered, especially in patients who have undergone revascularization, stent implantation, or both. The risk of acute thrombotic events after interrupting antithrombotic or antiplatelet agents is considered greatest 4 to 5 days following revascularization or percutaneous coronary intervention.15 If bleeding can be controlled with local treatment such as pressure, packing, or dressing, antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy need not be interrupted.50

Current guidelines recommend strict control of hemorrhage for at least 24 hours before reintroducing antiplatelet or antithrombotic agents.

It is also important to remember that in the setting of gastrointestinal bleeding due to peptic ulcer disease, adjunctive proton pump inhibitors are recommended after restarting antiplatelet or antithrombotic therapy or both.

Importantly, evidence-based antithrombotic medications (especially dual antiplatelet therapy) should be restarted once the acute bleeding event has resolved.31

Reversal of anticoagulant and antiplatelet therapies

Reversal of antithrombotic therapy is occasionally necessary (Table 2).

Unfractionated heparin is reversed with infusion of protamine sulfate at a dose of 1 mg per 100 U of unfractionated heparin given over the previous 4 hours.51,52 The rate of protamine sulfate infusion should be less than 100 mg over 2 hours, with 50% of the dose given initially and subsequent doses titrated according to bleeding response.52,53 Protamine sulfate is associated with a risk of hypotension and bradycardia, and for this reason it should be given no faster than 5 mg/min.

Low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) can be inhibited by 1 mg of protamine sulfate for each 1 mg of LMWH given over the previous 4 hours.51,52

However, protamine sulfate only partially neutralizes the anticoagulant effect of LMWH. In cases in which protamine sulfate is unsuccessful in abating bleeding associated with LMWH use, guidelines allow for the use of recombinant factor VIIa (NovoSeven).31 In healthy volunteers given fondaparinux, recombinant factor VIIa normalized coagulation times and thrombin generation within 1.5 hours, with a sustained effect for 6 hours.52

It is important to note that the use of this agent has not been fully studied, it is very costly (a single dose of 40 μg/kg costs from $3,000 to $4,000), and it is linked to reports of increased risk of thrombotic complications.54,55

Antiplatelet agents are more complex to reverse. The antiplatelet actions of aspirin and clopidogrel wear off as new platelets are produced. Approximately 10% of a patient’s platelet count is produced daily; thus, the antiplatelet effects of aspirin and clopidogrel can persist for 5 to 10 days.31,56

If these agents need to be reversed quickly to stop bleeding, according to expert consensus the aspirin effect can be reversed by transfusion of one unit of platelets. The antiplatelet effect of clopidogrel is more significant than that of aspirin; thus, two units of platelets are recommended.56

Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors. If a major bleeding event requires the reversal of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor therapy, the treatment must take into consideration the pharmacodynamics of the target drug. Both eptifibatide (Integrilin) and tirofiban (Aggrastat) competitively inhibit glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptors; thus, their effects depend on dosing, elimination, and time. Due to the stoichiometry of both drugs, transfusion of platelets is ineffective. Both eptifibatide and tirofiban are eliminated by the kidney; thus, normal renal function is key to the amount of time it takes for platelet function to return to baseline.57 Evidence suggests that fibrinogen-rich plasma can be administered to restore platelet function.31,58,59

Abciximab (ReoPro). Whereas reversal of eptifibatide and tirofiban focuses on overcoming competitive inhibition, neutralization of abciximab involves overcoming its high receptor affinity. At 24 hours after abciximab infusion is stopped, platelet aggregation may still be inhibited by up to 50%. Fortunately, owing to abciximab’s short plasma half-life and its dilution in serum, platelet transfusion is effective in reversing its antiplatelet effects.31,57

 

 

Blood transfusion

Long considered beneficial to critically ill patients, blood transfusion to maintain hematocrit levels during acute coronary syndromes has come under intense scrutiny. Randomized trials have shown that transfusion should not be given aggressively to critically ill patients.60 In acute coronary syndromes, there are only observational data.

Rao et al61 used detailed clinical data from 24,112 patients with acute coronary syndromes in the GUSTO IIb, PURSUIT, and PARAGON B trials to determine the association between blood transfusion and outcomes in patients who developed moderate to severe bleeding, anemia, or both during their hospitalization. The rates of death in the hospital and at 30 days were significantly higher in patients who received a transfusion (30-day mortality HR 3.94; 95% CI 3.36–4.75). However, there was no significant association between transfusion and the 30-day mortality rate if the nadir hematocrit was 25% or less.

Of note: no randomized clinical trial has evaluated transfusion strategies in acute coronary syndromes at this time. Until such data are available, it is reasonable to follow published guidelines and to avoid transfusion in stable patients with ischemic heart disease unless the hematocrit is 25% or less.31 The risks and benefits of blood transfusion should be carefully weighed. Routine use of transfusion to maintain predefined hemoglobin levels is not recommended in stable patients.

The medical management of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes focuses on blocking the coagulation cascade and inhibiting platelets. This—plus diagnostic angiography followed, if needed, by revascularization—has reduced the rates of death and recurrent ischemic events.1 However, the combination of potent antithrombotic drugs and invasive procedures also increases the risk of bleeding.

This review discusses the incidence and complications associated with bleeding during the treatment of acute coronary syndromes and summarizes recommendations for preventing and managing bleeding in this setting.

THE TRUE INCIDENCE OF BLEEDING IS HARD TO DETERMINE

The optimal way to detect and analyze bleeding events in clinical trials and registries is highly debated. The reported incidences of bleeding during antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes depend on how bleeding was defined, how the acute coronary syndromes were treated, and on other factors such as how the study was designed.

How was bleeding defined?

The first bleeding classification schemes were the GUSTO2 and the TIMI3 scales (Table 1), both of which were developed for studies of thrombolytic therapy for ST-elevation myocardial infarction. The GUSTO classification is based on clinical events and categorizes bleeding as severe, moderate, or mild. In contrast, the TIMI classification is based on laboratory values and categorizes bleeding as major, moderate, or minor.

Since these classification schemes are based on different types of data, they yield different numbers when applied to the same study population. For instance, Rao et al4 pooled the data from the PURSUIT and PARAGON B trials (15,454 patients in all) and found that the incidence of severe bleeding (by the GUSTO criteria) was 1.2%, while the rate of major bleeding (by the TIMI criteria) was 8.2%.

What was the treatment strategy?

Another reason that the true incidence of bleeding is hard to determine is that different studies used treatment strategies that differed in the type, timing, and dose of antithrombotic agents and whether invasive procedures were used early. For example, if unfractionated heparin is used aggressively in regimens that are not adjusted for weight and with a higher target for the activated clotting time, the risk of bleeding is higher than with conservative dosing.5–7

Subherwal et al8 evaluated the effect of treatment strategy on the incidence of bleeding in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes who received two or more antithrombotic drugs in the CRUSADE Quality Improvement Initiative. The risk of bleeding was higher with an invasive approach (catheterization) than with a conservative approach (no catheterization), regardless of baseline bleeding risk.

What type of study was it?

Another source of variation is the design of the study. Registries differ from clinical trials in patient characteristics and in the way data are gathered (prospectively vs retrospectively).

In registries, data are often collected retrospectively, whereas in clinical trials the data are prospectively collected. For this reason, the definition of bleeding in registries is often based on events that are easily identified through chart review, such as transfusion. This may lead to a lower reported rate of bleeding, since other, less serious bleeding events such as access-site hematomas and epistaxis may not be documented in the medical record.

On the other hand, registries often include older and sicker patients, who may be more prone to bleeding and who are often excluded from clinical trials. This may lead to a higher rate of reported bleeding.9

Where the study was conducted makes a difference as well, owing to regional practice differences. For example, Moscucci et al10 reported that the incidence of major bleeding in 24,045 patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes in the GRACE registry (in 14 countries worldwide) was 3.9%. In contrast, Yang et al11 reported that the rate of bleeding in the CRUSADE registry (in the United States) was 10.3%.

This difference was partly influenced by different definitions of bleeding. The GRACE registry defined major bleeding as life-threatening events requiring transfusion of two or more units of packed red blood cells, or resulting in an absolute decrease in the hematocrit of 10% or more or death, or hemorrhagic subdural hematoma. In contrast, the CRUSADE data reflect bleeding requiring transfusion. However, practice patterns such as greater use of invasive procedures in the United States may also be responsible.

Rao and colleagues12 examined international variation in blood transfusion rates among patients with acute coronary syndromes. Patients outside the United States were significantly less likely to receive transfusions, even after adjusting for patient and practice differences.

Taking these confounders into account, it is reasonable to estimate that the frequency of bleeding in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes ranges from less than 1% to 10%.13

 

 

BLEEDING IS ASSOCIATED WITH POOR OUTCOMES

Regardless of the definition or the data source, hemorrhagic complications are associated with a higher risk of death and nonfatal adverse events, both in the short term and in the long term.

Short-term outcomes

A higher risk of death. In the GRACE registry study by Moscucci et al10 discussed above, patients who had major bleeding were significantly more likely to die during their hospitalization than those who did not (odds ratio [OR] 1.64, 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.18–2.28).

Rao et al14 evaluated pooled data from the multicenter international GUSTO IIb, PURSUIT, and PARAGON A and B trials and found that the effects of bleeding in non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes extended beyond the hospital stay. The more severe the bleeding (by the GUSTO criteria), the greater the adjusted hazard ratio (HR) for death within 30 days:

  • With mild bleeding—HR 1.6, 95% CI 1.3–1.9
  • With moderate bleeding—HR 2.7, 95% CI 2.3–3.4
  • With severe bleeding—HR 10.6, 95% CI 8.3–13.6.

The pattern was the same for death within 6 months:

  • With mild bleeding—HR 1.4, 95% CI 1.2–1.6
  • With moderate bleeding—HR 2.1, 95% CI 1.8–2.4
  • With severe bleeding, HR 7.5, 95% CI 6.1–9.3.

These findings were confirmed by Eikelboom et al15 in 34,146 patients with acute coronary syndromes in the OASIS registry, the OASIS-2 trial, and the CURE randomized trial. In the first 30 days, five times as many patients died (12.8% vs 2.5%; P < .0009) among those who developed major bleeding compared with those who did not. These investigators defined major bleeding as bleeding that was life-threatening or significantly disabling or that required transfusion of two or more units of packed red blood cells.

A higher risk of nonfatal adverse events. Bleeding after antithrombotic therapy for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes has also been associated with nonfatal adverse events such as stroke and stent thrombosis.

For example, in the study by Eikelboom et al,15 major bleeding was associated with a higher risk of recurrent ischemic events. Approximately 1 in 5 patients in the OASIS trials who developed major bleeding during the first 30 days died or had a myocardial infarction or stroke by 30 days, compared with 1 in 20 of those who did not develop major bleeding during the first 30 days. However, after events that occurred during the first 30 days were excluded, the association between major bleeding and both myocardial infarction and stroke was no longer evident between 30 days and 6 months.

Manoukian et al16 evaluated the impact of major bleeding in 13,819 patients with highrisk acute coronary syndromes undergoing treatment with an early invasive strategy in the ACUITY trial. At 30 days, patients with major bleeding had higher rates of the composite end point of death, myocardial infarction, or unplanned revascularization for ischemia (23.1% vs 6.8%, P < .0001) and of stent thrombosis (3.4% vs 0.6%, P < .0001).

Long-term outcomes

The association between bleeding and adverse outcomes persists in the long term as well, although the mechanisms underlying this association are not well studied.

Kinnaird et al17 examined the data from 10,974 unselected patients who underwent percutaneous coronary intervention. At 1 year, the following percentages of patients had died:

  • After TIMI major bleeding—17.2%
  • After TIMI minor bleeding—9.1%
  • After no bleeding—5.5%.

However, after adjustment for potential confounders, only transfusion remained a significant predictor of 1-year mortality.

Mehran et al18 evaluated 1-year mortality data from the ACUITY trial. Compared with the rate in patients who had no major bleeding and no myocardial infarction, the hazard ratios for death were:

  • After major bleeding—HR 3.5, 95% CI 2.7–4.4
  • After myocardial infarction—HR 3.1, 95% CI 2.4–3.9.

Interestingly, the risk of death associated with myocardial infarction abated after 7 days, while the risk associated with bleeding persisted beyond 30 days and remained constant throughout the first year following the bleeding event.

Similarly, Ndrepepa and colleagues19 examined pooled data from four ISAR trials using the TIMI bleeding scale and found that myocardial infarction, target vessel revascularization, and major bleeding all had similar discriminatory ability at predicting 1-year mortality.

In patients undergoing elective or urgent percutaneous coronary intervention in the REPLACE-2 trial,20 independent predictors of death by 1 year were21:

  • Major hemorrhage (OR 2.66, 95% CI 1.44–4.92)
  • Periprocedural myocardial infarction (OR 2.46, 95% CI 1.44–4.20).

THEORIES OF HOW BLEEDING MAY CAUSE ADVERSE OUTCOMES

Several mechanisms have been proposed to explain the association between bleeding during treatment for acute coronary syndromes and adverse clinical outcomes.13,22

The immediate effects of bleeding are thought to be hypotension and a reflex hyperadrenergic state to compensate for the loss of intravascular volume.23 This physiologic response is believed to contribute to myocardial ischemia by further decreasing myocardial oxygen supply in obstructive coronary disease.

Trying to minimize blood loss, physicians may withhold anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy, which in turn may lead to further ischemia.24 To compensate for blood loss, physicians may also resort to blood transfusion. However, depletion of 2,3-diphosphoglycerate and nitric oxide in stored donor red blood cells is postulated to reduce oxygen delivery by increasing hemoglobin’s affinity for oxygen, leading to induced microvascular obstruction and adverse inflammatory reactions.15,25

Recent data have also begun to elucidate the long-term effects of bleeding during acute coronary syndrome management. Patients with anemia during the acute phase of infarction have greater neurohormonal activation.26 These adaptive responses to anemia may lead to eccentric left ventricular remodeling that may lead to higher oxygen consumption, increased diastolic wall stress, interstitial fibrosis, and accelerated myocyte loss.27–30

Nevertheless, we must point out that although strong associations between bleeding and adverse outcomes have been established, direct causality has not.

 

 

TO PREVENT BLEEDING, START BY ASSESSING RISK

Figure 1.
Preventing bleeding is a key step in balancing the safety and efficacy of aggressive management of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes. Current guidelines1,31 call for assessing the risk of both thrombosis and bleeding in patients presenting with these syndromes (Figure 1). Doing so may allow clinicians to tailor therapy by adjusting the treatment regimen in patients at risk of bleeding to include medications associated with favorable bleeding profiles and by using radial access as the point of entry at the time of coronary artery angiography.

The CRUSADE bleeding risk score

The CRUSADE bleeding score (calculator available at http://www.crusadebleedingscore.org/) was developed and validated in more than 89,000 community-treated patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes.8 It is based on eight variables:

  • Sex (higher risk in women)
  • History of diabetes (higher risk)
  • Prior vascular disease (higher risk)
  • Heart rate (the higher the rate, the higher the risk)
  • Systolic blood pressure (higher risk with pressures above or below the 121–180 mm Hg range)
  • Signs of congestive heart failure (higher risk)
  • Baseline hematocrit (the lower the hematocrit, the higher the risk)
  • Creatinine clearance (by the Cockcroft-Gault formula; the lower the creatinine clearance, the higher the risk).

Patients who are found to have bleeding scores suggesting a moderate or higher risk of bleeding should be considered for medications associated with a favorable bleeding profile, and for radial access at the time of coronary angiography. Scores are graded as follows8:

  • < 21: Very low risk
  • 21–30: Low risk
  • 31–40: Moderate risk
  • 41–50: High risk
  • > 50: Very high risk.

The CRUSADE bleeding score is unique in that, unlike earlier risk stratification tools, it was developed in a “real world” population, not in subgroups or in a clinical trial. It can be calculated at baseline to help guide the selection of treatment.8

Adjusting the heparin regimen in patients at risk of bleeding

Both the joint American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association1 and the European Society of Cardiology guidelines31 for the treatment of non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes recommend taking steps to prevent bleeding, such as adjusting the dosage of unfractionated heparin, using safer drugs, reducing the duration of antithrombotic treatment, and using combinations of antithrombotic and antiplatelet agents according to proven indications.31

In the CRUSADE registry, 42% of patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes received at least one initial dose of antithrombotic drug outside the recommended range, resulting in an estimated 15% excess of bleeding events.32 Thus, proper dosing is a target for prevention.

Appropriate antithrombotic dosing takes into account the patient’s age, weight, and renal function. However, heparin dosage in the current guidelines1 is based on weight only: a loading dose of 60 U/kg (maximum 4,000 U) by intravenous bolus, then 12 U/kg/hour (maximum 1,000 U/hour) to maintain an activated partial thromboplastin time of 50 to 70 seconds.1

Renal dysfunction is particularly worrisome in patients with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes because it is associated with higher rates of major bleeding and death. In the OASIS-5 trial,33 the overall risk of death was approximately five times higher in patients in the lowest quartile of renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 58 mL/min/1.73 m2) than in the highest quartile (glomerular filtration rate ≥ 86 mL/min/1.73 m2).

Renal function must be evaluated not only on admission but also throughout the hospital stay. Patients presenting with acute coronary syndromes often experience fluctuations in renal function that would call for adjustment of heparin dosing, either increasing the dose to maximize the drug’s efficacy if renal function is recovering or decreasing the dose to prevent bleeding if renal function is deteriorating.

Clopidogrel vs prasugrel

Certain medications should be avoided when the risk of bleeding outweighs any potential benefit in terms of ischemia.

For example, in a randomized trial,34 prasugrel (Effient), a potent thienopyridine, was associated with a significantly lower rate of the composite end point of stroke, myocardial infarction, or death than clopidogrel (Plavix) in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions. However, it did not seem to offer any advantage in patients 75 years old and older, those with prior stroke or transient ischemic attack, or those weighing less than 60 kg, and it posed a substantially higher risk of bleeding.

With clopidogrel, the risk of acute bleeding is primarily in patients who undergo coronary artery bypass grafting within 5 days of receiving a dose.35,36 Therefore, clopidogrel should be stopped 5 to 7 days before bypass surgery.1 Importantly, there is no increased risk of recurrent ischemic events during this 5-day waiting period in patients who receive clopidogrel early. Therefore, the recommendation to stop clopidogrel before surgery does not negate the benefits of early treatment.36

Lower-risk drugs: Fondaparinux and bivalirudin

At this time, only two agents have been studied in clinical trials that have specifically focused on reducing bleeding risk: fondaparinux (Arixtra) and bivalirudin (Angiomax).20,37–39

Fondaparinux

OASIS-5 was a randomized, double-blind trial that compared fondaparinux and enoxaparin (Lovenox) in patients with acute coronary syndromes.38 Fondaparinux was similar to enoxaparin in terms of the combined end point of death, myocardial infarction, or refractory ischemia at 9 days, and fewer patients on fondaparinux developed bleeding (2.2% vs 4.1%, HR 0.52; 95% CI 0.44–0.61). This difference persisted during long-term follow-up.

Importantly, fewer patients died in the fondaparinux group. At 180 days, 638 (6.5%) of the patients in the enoxaparin group had died, compared with 574 (5.8%) in the fondaparinux group, a difference of 64 deaths (P = .05). The authors found that 41 fewer patients in the fondaparinux group than in the enoxaparin group died after major bleeding, and 20 fewer patients in the fondaparinux group died after minor bleeding.38 Thus, most of the difference in mortality rates between the two groups was attributed to a lower incidence of bleeding with fondaparinux.

Unfortunately, despite its safe bleeding profile, fondaparinux has fallen out of favor for use in acute coronary syndromes, owing to a higher risk of catheter thrombosis in the fondaparinux group (0.9%) than in those undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions with enoxaparin alone (0.4%) in the OASIS-5 trial.40

 

 

Bivalirudin

The direct thrombin inhibitor bivalirudin has been studied in three large randomized trials in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions.20,37,41

The ACUITY trial37 was a prospective, open-label, randomized, multicenter trial that compared three regimens in patients with moderate or high-risk non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes:

  • Heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor
  • Bivalirudin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor
  • Bivalirudin alone.

Bivalirudin alone was as effective as heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor with respect to the composite ischemia end point, which at 30 days had occurred in 7.8% vs 7.3% of the patients in these treatment groups (P = .32, RR 1.08; 95% CI 0.93–1.24), and it was superior with respect to major bleeding (3.0% vs 5.7%, P < .001, RR 0.53; 95% CI 0.43–0.65).

The HORIZONS-AMI study41 was a prospective, open-label, randomized, multicenter trial that compared bivalirudin alone vs heparin plus a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor in patients with ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes who were undergoing primary percutaneous coronary interventions. The two primary end points were major bleeding and net adverse events.

At 1 year, patients assigned to bivalirudin had a lower rate of major bleeding than did controls (5.8% vs 9.2%, HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.48–0.78, P < .0001), with similar rates of major adverse cardiac events in both groups (11.9% vs 11.9%, HR 1.00, 95% CI 0.82– 1.21, P = .98).41

Both OASIS 5 and HORIZONS-AMI are examples of clinical trials in which strategies that reduced bleeding risk were also associated with improved survival.

For cardiac catheterization, inserting the catheter in the wrist poses less risk

Bleeding is currently the most common noncardiac complication in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary interventions, and it most often occurs at the vascular access site.17

Rao et al12 evaluated data from 593,094 procedures in the National Cardiovascular Data Registry and found that, compared with the femoral approach, the use of transradial percutaneous coronary intervention was associated with a similar rate of procedural success (OR 1.02, 95% CI 0.93–1.12) but a significantly lower risk of bleeding complications (OR 0.42, 95% CI 0.31–0.56) after multivariable adjustment.

The use of smaller sheath sizes (4F–6F) and preferential use of bivalirudin over unfractionated heparin and glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor therapy are other methods described to decrease the risk of bleeding after percutaneous coronary interventions.20,41–49

IF BLEEDING OCCURS

Once a bleeding complication occurs, cessation of therapy is a potential option. Stopping or reversing antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy is warranted in the event of major bleeding (eg, gastrointestinal, retroperitoneal, intracranial).31

Stopping antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy

Whether bleeding is minor or major, the risk of a recurrent thrombotic event must be considered, especially in patients who have undergone revascularization, stent implantation, or both. The risk of acute thrombotic events after interrupting antithrombotic or antiplatelet agents is considered greatest 4 to 5 days following revascularization or percutaneous coronary intervention.15 If bleeding can be controlled with local treatment such as pressure, packing, or dressing, antithrombotic and antiplatelet therapy need not be interrupted.50

Current guidelines recommend strict control of hemorrhage for at least 24 hours before reintroducing antiplatelet or antithrombotic agents.

It is also important to remember that in the setting of gastrointestinal bleeding due to peptic ulcer disease, adjunctive proton pump inhibitors are recommended after restarting antiplatelet or antithrombotic therapy or both.

Importantly, evidence-based antithrombotic medications (especially dual antiplatelet therapy) should be restarted once the acute bleeding event has resolved.31

Reversal of anticoagulant and antiplatelet therapies

Reversal of antithrombotic therapy is occasionally necessary (Table 2).

Unfractionated heparin is reversed with infusion of protamine sulfate at a dose of 1 mg per 100 U of unfractionated heparin given over the previous 4 hours.51,52 The rate of protamine sulfate infusion should be less than 100 mg over 2 hours, with 50% of the dose given initially and subsequent doses titrated according to bleeding response.52,53 Protamine sulfate is associated with a risk of hypotension and bradycardia, and for this reason it should be given no faster than 5 mg/min.

Low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) can be inhibited by 1 mg of protamine sulfate for each 1 mg of LMWH given over the previous 4 hours.51,52

However, protamine sulfate only partially neutralizes the anticoagulant effect of LMWH. In cases in which protamine sulfate is unsuccessful in abating bleeding associated with LMWH use, guidelines allow for the use of recombinant factor VIIa (NovoSeven).31 In healthy volunteers given fondaparinux, recombinant factor VIIa normalized coagulation times and thrombin generation within 1.5 hours, with a sustained effect for 6 hours.52

It is important to note that the use of this agent has not been fully studied, it is very costly (a single dose of 40 μg/kg costs from $3,000 to $4,000), and it is linked to reports of increased risk of thrombotic complications.54,55

Antiplatelet agents are more complex to reverse. The antiplatelet actions of aspirin and clopidogrel wear off as new platelets are produced. Approximately 10% of a patient’s platelet count is produced daily; thus, the antiplatelet effects of aspirin and clopidogrel can persist for 5 to 10 days.31,56

If these agents need to be reversed quickly to stop bleeding, according to expert consensus the aspirin effect can be reversed by transfusion of one unit of platelets. The antiplatelet effect of clopidogrel is more significant than that of aspirin; thus, two units of platelets are recommended.56

Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors. If a major bleeding event requires the reversal of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor therapy, the treatment must take into consideration the pharmacodynamics of the target drug. Both eptifibatide (Integrilin) and tirofiban (Aggrastat) competitively inhibit glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptors; thus, their effects depend on dosing, elimination, and time. Due to the stoichiometry of both drugs, transfusion of platelets is ineffective. Both eptifibatide and tirofiban are eliminated by the kidney; thus, normal renal function is key to the amount of time it takes for platelet function to return to baseline.57 Evidence suggests that fibrinogen-rich plasma can be administered to restore platelet function.31,58,59

Abciximab (ReoPro). Whereas reversal of eptifibatide and tirofiban focuses on overcoming competitive inhibition, neutralization of abciximab involves overcoming its high receptor affinity. At 24 hours after abciximab infusion is stopped, platelet aggregation may still be inhibited by up to 50%. Fortunately, owing to abciximab’s short plasma half-life and its dilution in serum, platelet transfusion is effective in reversing its antiplatelet effects.31,57

 

 

Blood transfusion

Long considered beneficial to critically ill patients, blood transfusion to maintain hematocrit levels during acute coronary syndromes has come under intense scrutiny. Randomized trials have shown that transfusion should not be given aggressively to critically ill patients.60 In acute coronary syndromes, there are only observational data.

Rao et al61 used detailed clinical data from 24,112 patients with acute coronary syndromes in the GUSTO IIb, PURSUIT, and PARAGON B trials to determine the association between blood transfusion and outcomes in patients who developed moderate to severe bleeding, anemia, or both during their hospitalization. The rates of death in the hospital and at 30 days were significantly higher in patients who received a transfusion (30-day mortality HR 3.94; 95% CI 3.36–4.75). However, there was no significant association between transfusion and the 30-day mortality rate if the nadir hematocrit was 25% or less.

Of note: no randomized clinical trial has evaluated transfusion strategies in acute coronary syndromes at this time. Until such data are available, it is reasonable to follow published guidelines and to avoid transfusion in stable patients with ischemic heart disease unless the hematocrit is 25% or less.31 The risks and benefits of blood transfusion should be carefully weighed. Routine use of transfusion to maintain predefined hemoglobin levels is not recommended in stable patients.

References
  1. Anderson JL, Adams CD, Antman EM, et al. ACC/AHA 2007 guidelines for the management of patients with unstable angina/non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 50:e1e157.
  2. The GUSTO Investigators. An international randomized trial comparing four thrombolytic strategies for acute myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:673682.
  3. Chesebro JH, Knatterud G, Roberts R, et al. Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction (TIMI) Trial, Phase I: a comparison between intravenous tissue plasminogen activator and intravenous streptokinase. Clinical findings through hospital discharge. Circulation 1987; 76:142154.
  4. Rao SV, O’Grady K, Pieper KS, et al. A comparison of the clinical impact of bleeding measured by two different classifications among patients with acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2006; 47:809816.
  5. Granger CB, Hirsch J, Califf RM, et al. Activated partial thromboplastin time and outcome after thrombolytic therapy for acute myocardial infarction: results from the GUSTO-I trial. Circulation 1996; 93:870878.
  6. Gilchrist IC, Berkowitz SD, Thompson TD, Califf RM, Granger CB. Heparin dosing and outcome in acute coronary syndromes: the GUSTO-IIb experience. Global Use of Strategies to Open Occluded Coronary Arteries. Am Heart J 2002; 144:7380.
  7. Tolleson TR, O’Shea JC, Bittl JA, et al. Relationship between heparin anticoagulation and clinical outcomes in coronary stent intervention: observations from the ESPRIT trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2003; 41:386393.
  8. Subherwal S, Bach RG, Chen AY, et al. Baseline risk of major bleeding in non-ST-segment-elevation myocardial infarction: the CRUSADE (Can Rapid risk stratification of Unstable angina patients Suppress ADverse outcomes with Early implementation of the ACC/AHA Guidelines) Bleeding Score. Circulation 2009; 119:18731882.
  9. Bassand JP. Bleeding and transfusion in acute coronary syndromes: a shift in the paradigm. Heart 2008; 94:661666.
  10. Moscucci M, Fox KA, Cannon CP, et al. Predictors of major bleeding in acute coronary syndromes: the Global Registry of Acute Coronary Events (GRACE). Eur Heart J 2003; 24:18151823.
  11. Yang X, Alexander KP, Chen AY, et al; CRUSADE Investigators. The implications of blood transfusions for patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes: results from the CRUSADE National Quality Improvement Initiative. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005; 46:14901495.
  12. Rao SV, Ou FS, Wang TY, et al. Trends in the prevalence and outcomes of radial and femoral approaches to percutaneous coronary intervention: a report from the National Cardiovascular Data Registry. JACC Cardiovasc Interv 2008; 1:379386.
  13. Rao SV, Eikelboom JA, Granger CB, Harrington RA, Califf RM, Bassand JP. Bleeding and blood transfusion issues in patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:11931204.
  14. Rao SV, O’Grady K, Pieper KS, et al. Impact of bleeding severity on clinical outcomes among patients with acute coronary syndromes. Am J Cardiol 2005; 96:12001206.
  15. Eikelboom JW, Mehta SR, Anand SS, Xie C, Fox KA, Yusuf S. Adverse impact of bleeding on prognosis in patients with acute coronary syndromes. Circulation 2006; 114:774782.
  16. Manoukian SV, Feit F, Mehran R, et al. Impact of major bleeding on 30-day mortality and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes: an analysis from the ACUITY Trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 49:13621368.
  17. Kinnaird TD, Stabile E, Mintz GS, et al. Incidence, predictors, and prognostic implications of bleeding and blood transfusion following percutaneous coronary interventions. Am J Cardiol 2003; 92:930935.
  18. Mehran R, Pocock SJ, Stone GW, et al. Associations of major bleeding and myocardial infarction with the incidence and timing of mortality in patients presenting with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes: a risk model from the ACUITY trial. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:14571466.
  19. Ndrepepa G, Berger PB, Mehilli J, et al. Periprocedural bleeding and 1-year outcome after percutaneous coronary interventions: appropriateness of including bleeding as a component of a quadruple end point. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 51:690697.
  20. Lincoff AM, Bittl JA, Harrington RA, et al; REPLACE-2 Investigators. Bivalirudin and provisional glycoprotein IIb/IIIa blockade compared with heparin and planned glycoprotein IIb/IIIa blockade during percutaneous coronary intervention: REPLACE-2 randomized trial. JAMA 2003; 289:853863.
  21. Feit F, Voeltz MD, Attubato MJ, et al. Predictors and impact of major hemorrhage on mortality following percutaneous coronary intervention from the REPLACE-2 Trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 100:13641369.
  22. Fitchett D. The impact of bleeding in patients with acute coronary syndromes: how to optimize the benefits of treatment and minimize the risk. Can J Cardiol 2007; 23:663671.
  23. Bassand JP. Impact of anaemia, bleeding, and transfusions in acute coronary syndromes: a shift in the paradigm. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:12731274.
  24. Yan AT, Yan RT, Huynh T, et al; INTERACT Investigators. Bleeding and outcome in acute coronary syndrome: insights from continuous electrocardiogram monitoring in the Integrilin and Enoxaparin Randomized Assessment of Acute Coronary Syndrome Treatment (INTERACT) Trial. Am Heart J 2008; 156:769775.
  25. Jolicoeur EM, O’Neill WW, Hellkamp A, et al; APEX-AMI Investigators. Transfusion and mortality in patients with ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction treated with primary percutaneous coronary intervention. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:25752583.
  26. Gehi A, Ix J, Shlipak M, Pipkin SS, Whooley MA. Relation of anemia to low heart rate variability in patients with coronary heart disease (from the Heart and Soul study). Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:14741477.
  27. Anand I, McMurray JJ, Whitmore J, et al. Anemia and its relationship to clinical outcome in heart failure. Circulation 2004; 110:149154.
  28. O’Riordan E, Foley RN. Effects of anaemia on cardiovascular status. Nephrol Dial Transplant 2000; 15(suppl 3):1922.
  29. Olivetti G, Quaini F, Lagrasta C, et al. Myocyte cellular hypertrophy and hyperplasia contribute to ventricular wall remodeling in anemia-induced cardiac hypertrophy in rats. Am J Pathol 1992; 141:227239.
  30. Aronson D, Suleiman M, Agmon Y, et al. Changes in haemoglobin levels during hospital course and long-term outcome after acute myocardial infarction. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:12891296.
  31. Task Force for Diagnosis and Treatment of Non-ST-Segment Elevation Acute Coronary Syndromes of European Society of Cardiology; Bassand JP, Hamm CW, Ardissino D, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:15981660.
  32. Alexander KP, Chen AY, Roe MT, et al; CRUSADE Investigators. Excess dosing of antiplatelet and antithrombin agents in the treatment of non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. JAMA 2005; 294:31083116.
  33. Fox KA, Bassand JP, Mehta SR, et al; OASIS 5 Investigators. Influence of renal function on the efficacy and safety of fondaparinux relative to enoxaparin in non ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:304310.
  34. Wiviott SD, Braunwald E, McCabe CH, et al; TRITON-TIMI 38 Investigators. Prasugrel versus clopidogrel in patients with acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:20012015.
  35. Berger JS, Frye CB, Harshaw Q, Edwards FH, Steinhubl SR, Becker RC. Impact of clopidogrel in patients with acute coronary syndromes requiring coronary artery bypass surgery: a multicenter analysis. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 52:16931701.
  36. Fox KA, Mehta SR, Peters R, et al; Clopidogrel in Unstable angina to prevent Recurrent ischemic Events Trial. Benefits and risks of the combination of clopidogrel and aspirin in patients undergoing surgical revascularization for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome: the Clopidogrel in Unstable angina to prevent Recurrent ischemic Events (CURE) Trial. Circulation 2004; 110:12021208.
  37. Stone GW, McLaurin BT, Cox DA, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Bivalirudin for patients with acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:22032216.
  38. Fifth Organization to Assess Strategies in Acute Ischemic Syndromes Investigators; Yusuf S, Mehta SR, Chrolavicius S, et al. Comparison of fondaparinux and enoxaparin in acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:14641476.
  39. Potsis TZ, Katsouras C, Goudevenos JA. Avoiding and managing bleeding complications in patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Angiology 2009; 60:148158.
  40. Mehta SR, Granger CB, Eikelboom JW, et al. Efficacy and safety of fondaparinux versus enoxaparin in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: results from the OASIS-5 trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 50:17421751.
  41. Mehran R, Lansky AJ, Witzenbichler B, et al; HORIZONS-AMI Trial Investigators. Bivalirudin in patients undergoing primary angioplasty for acute myocardial infarction (HORIZONS-AMI): 1-year results of a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2009; 374:11491159.
  42. Stone GW, Ware JH, Bertrand ME, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Antithrombotic strategies in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing early invasive management: one-year results from the ACUITY trial. JAMA 2007; 298:24972506.
  43. Cantor WJ, Mahaffey KW, Huang Z, et al. Bleeding complications in patients with acute coronary syndrome undergoing early invasive management can be reduced with radial access, smaller sheath sizes, and timely sheath removal. Catheter Cardiovasc Interv 2007; 69:7383.
  44. Büchler JR, Ribeiro EE, Falcão JL, et al. A randomized trial of 5 versus 7 French guiding catheters for transfemoral percutaneous coronary stent implantation. J Interv Cardiol 2008; 21:5055.
  45. Shammas NW, Allie D, Hall P, et al; APPROVE Investigators. Predictors of in-hospital and 30-day complications of peripheral vascular interventions using bivalirudin as the primary anticoagulant: results from the APPROVE Registry. J Invasive Cardiol 2005; 17:356359.
  46. Doyle BJ, Ting HH, Bell MR, et al. Major femoral bleeding complications after percutaneous coronary intervention: incidence, predictors, and impact on long-term survival among 17,901 patients treated at the Mayo Clinic from 1994 to 2005. JACC Cardiovasc Interv 2008; 1:202209.
  47. Stone GW, White HD, Ohman EM, et al; Acute Catheterization and Urgent Intervention Triage strategy (ACUITY) trial investigators. Bivalirudin in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: a subgroup analysis from the Acute Catheterization and Urgent Intervention Triage strategy (ACUITY) trial. Lancet 2007; 369:907919.
  48. Stone GW, Bertrand ME, Moses JW, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Routine upstream initiation vs deferred selective use of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors in acute coronary syndromes: the ACUITY Timing trial. JAMA 2007; 297:591602.
  49. Lincoff AM, Bittl JA, Kleiman NS, et al; REPLACE-1 Investigators. Comparison of bivalirudin versus heparin during percutaneous coronary intervention (the Randomized Evaluation of PCI Linking Angiomax to Reduced Clinical Events [REPLACE]-1 trial). Am J Cardiol 2004; 93:10921096.
  50. Barkun A, Bardou M, Marshall JK; Nonvariceal Upper GI Bleeding Consensus Conference Group. Consensus recommendations for managing patients with nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding. Ann Intern Med 2003; 139:843857.
  51. Warkentin TE, Crowther MA. Reversing anticoagulants both old and new. Can J Anaesth 2002; 49:S11S25.
  52. Crowther MA, Warkentin TE. Bleeding risk and the management of bleeding complications in patients undergoing anticoagulant therapy: focus on new anticoagulant agents. Blood 2008; 111:48714879.
  53. Kessler CM. Current and future challenges of antithrombotic agents and anticoagulants: strategies for reversal of hemorrhagic complications. Semin Hematol 2004; 41(suppl 1):4450.
  54. Ganguly S, Spengel K, Tilzer LL, O’Neal B, Simpson SQ. Recombinant factor VIIa: unregulated continuous use in patients with bleeding and coagulopathy does not alter mortality and outcome. Clin Lab Haematol 2006; 28:309312.
  55. O’Connell KA, Wood JJ, Wise RP, Lozier JN, Braun MM. Thromboembolic adverse events after use of recombinant human coagulation factor VIIa. JAMA 2006; 295:293298.
  56. Beshay JE, Morgan H, Madden C, Yu W, Sarode R. Emergency reversal of anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapies in neurosurgical patients. J Neurosurg 2010; 112:307318.
  57. Tcheng JE. Clinical challenges of platelet glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor inhibitor therapy: bleeding, reversal, thrombocytopenia, and retreatment. Am Heart J 2000; 139:S38S45.
  58. Li YF, Spencer FA, Becker RC. Comparative efficacy of fibrinogen and platelet supplementation on the in vitro reversibility of competitive glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor-directed platelet inhibition. Am Heart J 2002; 143:725732.
  59. Schroeder WS, Gandhi PJ. Emergency management of hemorrhagic complications in the era of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor antagonists, clopidogrel, low molecular weight heparin, and third-generation fibrinolytic agents. Curr Cardiol Rep 2003; 5:310317.
  60. Hébert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med 1999; 340:409417.
  61. Rao SV, Jollis JG, Harrington RA, et al. Relationship of blood transfusion and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes. JAMA 2004; 292:15551562.
References
  1. Anderson JL, Adams CD, Antman EM, et al. ACC/AHA 2007 guidelines for the management of patients with unstable angina/non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 50:e1e157.
  2. The GUSTO Investigators. An international randomized trial comparing four thrombolytic strategies for acute myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:673682.
  3. Chesebro JH, Knatterud G, Roberts R, et al. Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction (TIMI) Trial, Phase I: a comparison between intravenous tissue plasminogen activator and intravenous streptokinase. Clinical findings through hospital discharge. Circulation 1987; 76:142154.
  4. Rao SV, O’Grady K, Pieper KS, et al. A comparison of the clinical impact of bleeding measured by two different classifications among patients with acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2006; 47:809816.
  5. Granger CB, Hirsch J, Califf RM, et al. Activated partial thromboplastin time and outcome after thrombolytic therapy for acute myocardial infarction: results from the GUSTO-I trial. Circulation 1996; 93:870878.
  6. Gilchrist IC, Berkowitz SD, Thompson TD, Califf RM, Granger CB. Heparin dosing and outcome in acute coronary syndromes: the GUSTO-IIb experience. Global Use of Strategies to Open Occluded Coronary Arteries. Am Heart J 2002; 144:7380.
  7. Tolleson TR, O’Shea JC, Bittl JA, et al. Relationship between heparin anticoagulation and clinical outcomes in coronary stent intervention: observations from the ESPRIT trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2003; 41:386393.
  8. Subherwal S, Bach RG, Chen AY, et al. Baseline risk of major bleeding in non-ST-segment-elevation myocardial infarction: the CRUSADE (Can Rapid risk stratification of Unstable angina patients Suppress ADverse outcomes with Early implementation of the ACC/AHA Guidelines) Bleeding Score. Circulation 2009; 119:18731882.
  9. Bassand JP. Bleeding and transfusion in acute coronary syndromes: a shift in the paradigm. Heart 2008; 94:661666.
  10. Moscucci M, Fox KA, Cannon CP, et al. Predictors of major bleeding in acute coronary syndromes: the Global Registry of Acute Coronary Events (GRACE). Eur Heart J 2003; 24:18151823.
  11. Yang X, Alexander KP, Chen AY, et al; CRUSADE Investigators. The implications of blood transfusions for patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes: results from the CRUSADE National Quality Improvement Initiative. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005; 46:14901495.
  12. Rao SV, Ou FS, Wang TY, et al. Trends in the prevalence and outcomes of radial and femoral approaches to percutaneous coronary intervention: a report from the National Cardiovascular Data Registry. JACC Cardiovasc Interv 2008; 1:379386.
  13. Rao SV, Eikelboom JA, Granger CB, Harrington RA, Califf RM, Bassand JP. Bleeding and blood transfusion issues in patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:11931204.
  14. Rao SV, O’Grady K, Pieper KS, et al. Impact of bleeding severity on clinical outcomes among patients with acute coronary syndromes. Am J Cardiol 2005; 96:12001206.
  15. Eikelboom JW, Mehta SR, Anand SS, Xie C, Fox KA, Yusuf S. Adverse impact of bleeding on prognosis in patients with acute coronary syndromes. Circulation 2006; 114:774782.
  16. Manoukian SV, Feit F, Mehran R, et al. Impact of major bleeding on 30-day mortality and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes: an analysis from the ACUITY Trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 49:13621368.
  17. Kinnaird TD, Stabile E, Mintz GS, et al. Incidence, predictors, and prognostic implications of bleeding and blood transfusion following percutaneous coronary interventions. Am J Cardiol 2003; 92:930935.
  18. Mehran R, Pocock SJ, Stone GW, et al. Associations of major bleeding and myocardial infarction with the incidence and timing of mortality in patients presenting with non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes: a risk model from the ACUITY trial. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:14571466.
  19. Ndrepepa G, Berger PB, Mehilli J, et al. Periprocedural bleeding and 1-year outcome after percutaneous coronary interventions: appropriateness of including bleeding as a component of a quadruple end point. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 51:690697.
  20. Lincoff AM, Bittl JA, Harrington RA, et al; REPLACE-2 Investigators. Bivalirudin and provisional glycoprotein IIb/IIIa blockade compared with heparin and planned glycoprotein IIb/IIIa blockade during percutaneous coronary intervention: REPLACE-2 randomized trial. JAMA 2003; 289:853863.
  21. Feit F, Voeltz MD, Attubato MJ, et al. Predictors and impact of major hemorrhage on mortality following percutaneous coronary intervention from the REPLACE-2 Trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 100:13641369.
  22. Fitchett D. The impact of bleeding in patients with acute coronary syndromes: how to optimize the benefits of treatment and minimize the risk. Can J Cardiol 2007; 23:663671.
  23. Bassand JP. Impact of anaemia, bleeding, and transfusions in acute coronary syndromes: a shift in the paradigm. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:12731274.
  24. Yan AT, Yan RT, Huynh T, et al; INTERACT Investigators. Bleeding and outcome in acute coronary syndrome: insights from continuous electrocardiogram monitoring in the Integrilin and Enoxaparin Randomized Assessment of Acute Coronary Syndrome Treatment (INTERACT) Trial. Am Heart J 2008; 156:769775.
  25. Jolicoeur EM, O’Neill WW, Hellkamp A, et al; APEX-AMI Investigators. Transfusion and mortality in patients with ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction treated with primary percutaneous coronary intervention. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:25752583.
  26. Gehi A, Ix J, Shlipak M, Pipkin SS, Whooley MA. Relation of anemia to low heart rate variability in patients with coronary heart disease (from the Heart and Soul study). Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:14741477.
  27. Anand I, McMurray JJ, Whitmore J, et al. Anemia and its relationship to clinical outcome in heart failure. Circulation 2004; 110:149154.
  28. O’Riordan E, Foley RN. Effects of anaemia on cardiovascular status. Nephrol Dial Transplant 2000; 15(suppl 3):1922.
  29. Olivetti G, Quaini F, Lagrasta C, et al. Myocyte cellular hypertrophy and hyperplasia contribute to ventricular wall remodeling in anemia-induced cardiac hypertrophy in rats. Am J Pathol 1992; 141:227239.
  30. Aronson D, Suleiman M, Agmon Y, et al. Changes in haemoglobin levels during hospital course and long-term outcome after acute myocardial infarction. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:12891296.
  31. Task Force for Diagnosis and Treatment of Non-ST-Segment Elevation Acute Coronary Syndromes of European Society of Cardiology; Bassand JP, Hamm CW, Ardissino D, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Eur Heart J 2007; 28:15981660.
  32. Alexander KP, Chen AY, Roe MT, et al; CRUSADE Investigators. Excess dosing of antiplatelet and antithrombin agents in the treatment of non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. JAMA 2005; 294:31083116.
  33. Fox KA, Bassand JP, Mehta SR, et al; OASIS 5 Investigators. Influence of renal function on the efficacy and safety of fondaparinux relative to enoxaparin in non ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:304310.
  34. Wiviott SD, Braunwald E, McCabe CH, et al; TRITON-TIMI 38 Investigators. Prasugrel versus clopidogrel in patients with acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:20012015.
  35. Berger JS, Frye CB, Harshaw Q, Edwards FH, Steinhubl SR, Becker RC. Impact of clopidogrel in patients with acute coronary syndromes requiring coronary artery bypass surgery: a multicenter analysis. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 52:16931701.
  36. Fox KA, Mehta SR, Peters R, et al; Clopidogrel in Unstable angina to prevent Recurrent ischemic Events Trial. Benefits and risks of the combination of clopidogrel and aspirin in patients undergoing surgical revascularization for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome: the Clopidogrel in Unstable angina to prevent Recurrent ischemic Events (CURE) Trial. Circulation 2004; 110:12021208.
  37. Stone GW, McLaurin BT, Cox DA, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Bivalirudin for patients with acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:22032216.
  38. Fifth Organization to Assess Strategies in Acute Ischemic Syndromes Investigators; Yusuf S, Mehta SR, Chrolavicius S, et al. Comparison of fondaparinux and enoxaparin in acute coronary syndromes. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:14641476.
  39. Potsis TZ, Katsouras C, Goudevenos JA. Avoiding and managing bleeding complications in patients with non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes. Angiology 2009; 60:148158.
  40. Mehta SR, Granger CB, Eikelboom JW, et al. Efficacy and safety of fondaparinux versus enoxaparin in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: results from the OASIS-5 trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 50:17421751.
  41. Mehran R, Lansky AJ, Witzenbichler B, et al; HORIZONS-AMI Trial Investigators. Bivalirudin in patients undergoing primary angioplasty for acute myocardial infarction (HORIZONS-AMI): 1-year results of a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2009; 374:11491159.
  42. Stone GW, Ware JH, Bertrand ME, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Antithrombotic strategies in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing early invasive management: one-year results from the ACUITY trial. JAMA 2007; 298:24972506.
  43. Cantor WJ, Mahaffey KW, Huang Z, et al. Bleeding complications in patients with acute coronary syndrome undergoing early invasive management can be reduced with radial access, smaller sheath sizes, and timely sheath removal. Catheter Cardiovasc Interv 2007; 69:7383.
  44. Büchler JR, Ribeiro EE, Falcão JL, et al. A randomized trial of 5 versus 7 French guiding catheters for transfemoral percutaneous coronary stent implantation. J Interv Cardiol 2008; 21:5055.
  45. Shammas NW, Allie D, Hall P, et al; APPROVE Investigators. Predictors of in-hospital and 30-day complications of peripheral vascular interventions using bivalirudin as the primary anticoagulant: results from the APPROVE Registry. J Invasive Cardiol 2005; 17:356359.
  46. Doyle BJ, Ting HH, Bell MR, et al. Major femoral bleeding complications after percutaneous coronary intervention: incidence, predictors, and impact on long-term survival among 17,901 patients treated at the Mayo Clinic from 1994 to 2005. JACC Cardiovasc Interv 2008; 1:202209.
  47. Stone GW, White HD, Ohman EM, et al; Acute Catheterization and Urgent Intervention Triage strategy (ACUITY) trial investigators. Bivalirudin in patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: a subgroup analysis from the Acute Catheterization and Urgent Intervention Triage strategy (ACUITY) trial. Lancet 2007; 369:907919.
  48. Stone GW, Bertrand ME, Moses JW, et al; ACUITY Investigators. Routine upstream initiation vs deferred selective use of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors in acute coronary syndromes: the ACUITY Timing trial. JAMA 2007; 297:591602.
  49. Lincoff AM, Bittl JA, Kleiman NS, et al; REPLACE-1 Investigators. Comparison of bivalirudin versus heparin during percutaneous coronary intervention (the Randomized Evaluation of PCI Linking Angiomax to Reduced Clinical Events [REPLACE]-1 trial). Am J Cardiol 2004; 93:10921096.
  50. Barkun A, Bardou M, Marshall JK; Nonvariceal Upper GI Bleeding Consensus Conference Group. Consensus recommendations for managing patients with nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding. Ann Intern Med 2003; 139:843857.
  51. Warkentin TE, Crowther MA. Reversing anticoagulants both old and new. Can J Anaesth 2002; 49:S11S25.
  52. Crowther MA, Warkentin TE. Bleeding risk and the management of bleeding complications in patients undergoing anticoagulant therapy: focus on new anticoagulant agents. Blood 2008; 111:48714879.
  53. Kessler CM. Current and future challenges of antithrombotic agents and anticoagulants: strategies for reversal of hemorrhagic complications. Semin Hematol 2004; 41(suppl 1):4450.
  54. Ganguly S, Spengel K, Tilzer LL, O’Neal B, Simpson SQ. Recombinant factor VIIa: unregulated continuous use in patients with bleeding and coagulopathy does not alter mortality and outcome. Clin Lab Haematol 2006; 28:309312.
  55. O’Connell KA, Wood JJ, Wise RP, Lozier JN, Braun MM. Thromboembolic adverse events after use of recombinant human coagulation factor VIIa. JAMA 2006; 295:293298.
  56. Beshay JE, Morgan H, Madden C, Yu W, Sarode R. Emergency reversal of anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapies in neurosurgical patients. J Neurosurg 2010; 112:307318.
  57. Tcheng JE. Clinical challenges of platelet glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor inhibitor therapy: bleeding, reversal, thrombocytopenia, and retreatment. Am Heart J 2000; 139:S38S45.
  58. Li YF, Spencer FA, Becker RC. Comparative efficacy of fibrinogen and platelet supplementation on the in vitro reversibility of competitive glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor-directed platelet inhibition. Am Heart J 2002; 143:725732.
  59. Schroeder WS, Gandhi PJ. Emergency management of hemorrhagic complications in the era of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor antagonists, clopidogrel, low molecular weight heparin, and third-generation fibrinolytic agents. Curr Cardiol Rep 2003; 5:310317.
  60. Hébert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med 1999; 340:409417.
  61. Rao SV, Jollis JG, Harrington RA, et al. Relationship of blood transfusion and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes. JAMA 2004; 292:15551562.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Page Number
369-379
Page Number
369-379
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Incidence, outcomes, and management of bleeding in non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes
Display Headline
Incidence, outcomes, and management of bleeding in non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The reported incidence of bleeding after treatment for non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes ranges from less than 1% to 10%, depending on a number of factors.
  • Bleeding is strongly associated with adverse outcomes, although a causal relationship has not been established.
  • Patients should be assessed for risk of bleeding so that the antithrombotic and antiplatelet regimen can be adjusted, safer alternatives can be considered, and percutaneous interventions can be used less aggressively for those at high risk.
  • If bleeding develops and the risk of continued bleeding outweighs the risk of recurrent ischemia, antithrombotic and antiplatelet drug therapy can be interrupted and other agents given to reverse the effects of these drugs.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Should patients with mild asthma use inhaled steroids?

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Should patients with mild asthma use inhaled steroids?

Yes. A number of large randomized controlled trials have shown inhaled corticosteroids to be beneficial in low doses for patients who have mild persistent asthma, and therefore these drugs are strongly recommended in this situation.1

Asthma care providers should, however, consider this “yes” in the context of asthma severity, the goals of therapy, and the benefits and risks associated with inhaled corticosteroids.

CLASSIFICATION OF ASTHMA SEVERITY

The third Expert Panel Report (EPR-3) categorizes asthma as intermittent (formerly called “mild intermittent”), mild persistent, moderate persistent, or severe persistent (Table 1).1

Although the studies of asthma prevalence had methodologic limitations and therefore the true prevalence of mild persistent asthma cannot be determined, it is common. Fuhlbrigge et al2 reported that most asthma patients have some form of persistent asthma. In contrast, Dusser et al3 reviewed available studies and concluded that most patients with asthma have either intermittent or mild persistent asthma.

GOALS: REDUCE IMPAIRMENT AND RISK

The goals of asthma management are to:

Reduce impairment by controlling symptoms so that normal activity levels can be maintained, by minimizing the need for short-acting bronchodilator use, and by maintaining normal pulmonary function; and to

Reduce risk by preventing progressive loss of lung function and recurrent exacerbations, and by optimizing pharmacotherapy while minimizing potential adverse effects.1

EVIDENCE OF BENEFIT

The benefits of inhaled corticosteroids in mild persistent asthma were established by a number of large prospective clinical trials (Table 2).4–8

The OPTIMA trial4 (Low Dose Inhaled Budesonide and Formoterol in Mild Persistent Asthma) was a double-blind, randomized trial carried out in 198 centers in 17 countries. Compared with those randomized to receive placebo, patients who were randomized to receive an inhaled corticosteroid, ie, budesonide (Pulmicort) 100 μg twice daily, had 60% fewer severe exacerbations (relative risk [RR] 0.4, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.27–0.59) and 48% fewer days when their asthma was poorly controlled (RR 0.52, 95% CI 0.4–0.67). Adding a long-acting beta-agonist did not change this outcome.

The START study5 (Inhaled Steroid Treatment as Regular Therapy in Early Asthma) showed that, compared with placebo, starting inhaled budesonide within the first 2 years of asthma symptoms in patients with mild persistent asthma was associated with better asthma control and less need for additional asthma medication.

The IMPACT study6 (Improving Asthma Control Trial) showed that inhaled steroids need to be taken daily, on a regular schedule, rather than intermittently as needed. Patients received either inhaled budesonide as needed, budesonide 200 μg twice daily every day, or zafirlukast (Accolate) 20 mg twice daily. Daily budesonide therapy resulted in better asthma control, less bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and less airway inflammation compared with intermittent use, zafirlukast therapy, or placebo. Daily zafirlukast and intermittent steroid treatment produced similar results for all outcomes measured.

Despite this strong evidence supporting regular use of inhaled corticosteroids in patients with mild persistent asthma, many patients choose to take them intermittently.

Suissa et al7 found, in a large observational cohort study, that fewer patients died of asthma if they were receiving low-dose inhaled corticosteroids than if they were not. The rate of death due to asthma was lower in patients who had used more inhaled corticosteroids over the previous year, and the death rate was higher in those who had discontinued inhaled corticosteroids in the previous 3 months than in those who continued using them.

STEROIDS DO NOT SLOW THE LOSS OF LUNG FUNCTION

Compared with people without asthma, asthma patients have substantially lower values of forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration (FEV1). They also have a faster rate of functional decline: the average decrease in FEV1 in asthma patients is 38 mL per year, compared with 22 mL per year in nonasthmatic people.9

Although inhaled corticosteroids have been shown to increase lung function in asthma patients in the short term, there is little convincing evidence to suggest that they affect the rate of decline in the long term.10 In fact, airway inflammation and bronchial hyperresponsiveness return to baseline within 2 weeks after inhaled corticosteroids are discontinued.10

 

 

DO INHALED CORTICOSTEROIDS STUNT CHILDREN’S GROWTH?

The safety of long-term low-dose inhaled corticosteroids is well established in adults. However, two large randomized controlled trials found that children treated with low-dose inhaled steroids (budesonide 200–400 μg per day) grew 1 to 1.5 cm less over 3 to 5 years of treatment than children receiving placebo.11 However, this effect was primarily evident within the first year of therapy, and growth velocity was similar to that with placebo at the end of the treatment period (4 to 6 years).12

Agertoft and Pedersen13 found that taking inhaled corticosteroids long-term is unlikely to have an effect on final height. Children who took inhaled budesonide (up to an average daily dose of 500 μg) into adulthood ended up no shorter than those who did not.

Based on these and other data, inhaled corticosteroids are generally considered safe at recommended doses. However, the decision to prescribe them for long-term therapy should be based on the risks and benefits to the individual patient.1

ALTERNATIVE DRUGS FOR MILD PERSISTENT ASTHMA

Leukotriene-modifying drugs include the leukotriene receptor antagonists montelukast (Singulair) and zafirlukast and the 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor zileuton (Zyflo CR). These drugs have been associated with statistically significant improvement in FEV1 compared with placebo in patients with mild to moderate asthma, reductions in both blood and sputum eosinophils,14 and attenuation of bronchoconstriction with exercise.11

Large randomized trials comparing leukotriene modifier therapy with low-dose inhaled steroids in adults and children with mild persistent asthma have found that although outcomes improve with either therapy, the improvement is statistically superior with inhaled steroids for most asthma-control measures. 6,8 Low-dose inhaled steroid therapy in patients with mild persistent and moderate persistent asthma has been associated with superior clinical outcomes as well as greater improvement in pulmonary function than treatment with antileukotriene drugs (Table 2).8

Asthma is heterogeneous, and properly selected patients with mild persistent asthma may achieve good control with leukotrienemodifier monotherapy.15 Alternatives for patients with mild persistent asthma include the methylxanthine theophylline, but this drug is less desirable due to its narrow therapeutic index. 1 The inhaled cromones nedocromil (Tilade) and cromolyn (Intal) were other options in this patient population, but their short half-lives made them less practical, and US production has been discontinued.

THE BOTTOM LINE

Inhaled corticosteroids are the most effective drug class for controlling mild persistent asthma and are generally regarded as safe for long-term use in children and adults. Table 3 lists the estimated comparative daily dosing of inhaled corticosteroids for patients over 12 years of age. The EPR3 guidelines1 include comparative daily dosages for patients younger than age 12.

Though leukotriene receptor antagonists can be effective, the daily use of inhaled corticosteroids results in higher asthma control test scores, more symptom-free days, greater pre-bronchodilator FEV1, and decreased percentage of sputum eosinophils6 in patients with mild persistent asthma, and the addition of a long-acting beta agonist does not provide additional benefit.4 Furthermore, daily use of inhaled corticosteroids in these patients has also been associated with a lower rate of asthma-related deaths and with less need for systemic corticosteroid therapy,7,8 even though inhaled corticosteroids have not yet been shown to alter the progressive loss of lung function.10

References
  1. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma (EPR-3). www.nhlbi.nih.gov/guidelines/asthma/. Accessed March 26, 2010.
  2. Fuhlbrigge AL, Adams RJ, Guilbert TW, et al. The burden of asthma in the United States: level and distribution are dependent on interpretation of the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2002; 166:10441049.
  3. Dusser D, Montani D, Chanez P, et al. Mild asthma: an expert review on epidemiology, clinical characteristics and treatment recommendations. Allergy 2007; 62:591604.
  4. O’Byrne PM, Barnes PJ, Rodriguez-Roisin R, et al. Low dose inhaled budesonide and formoterol in mild persistent asthma: the OPTIMA randomized trial. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 164:13921397.
  5. Busse WW, Pedersen S, Pauwels RA, et al; START Investigators Group. The Inhaled Steroid Treatment As Regular Therapy in Early Asthma (START) study 5-year follow-up: effectiveness of early intervention with budesonide in mild persistent asthma. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2008; 121:11671174.
  6. Boushey HA, Sorkness CA, King TS, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute’s Asthma Clinical Research Network. Daily versus as-needed corticosteroids for mild persistent asthma. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:15191528.
  7. Suissa S, Ernst P, Benayoun S, Baltzan M, Cai B. Low-dose inhaled corticosteroids and the prevention of death from asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:332356.
  8. Busse W, Wolfe J, Storms W, et al. Fluticasone propionate compared with zafirlukast in controlling persistent asthma: a randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. J Fam Pract 2001; 50:595602.
  9. Lange P, Parner J, Vestbo J, Schnohr P, Jensen G. A 15-year follow-up study of ventilatory function in adults with asthma. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:11941200.
  10. Fanta CH. Asthma. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:10021014.
  11. O’Byrne PM, Parameswaran K. Pharmacological management of mild or moderate persistent asthma. Lancet 2006; 368:794803.
  12. The Childhood Asthma Management Program Research Group. Long-term effects of budesonide or nedocromil in children with asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:10541063.
  13. Agertoft L, Pedersen S. Effect of long-term treatment with inhaled budesonide on adult height in children with asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:10641069.
  14. Pizzichini E, Leff JA, Reiss TF, et al. Montelukast reduces airway eosinophilic inflammation in asthma: a randomized, controlled trial. Eur Respir J 1999; 14:1218.
  15. Kraft M, Israel E, O’Connor GT. Clinical decisions. Treatment of mild persistent asthma. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:20962100.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Susan Razavi Abouhassan, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

David M. Lang, MD, FAAAAI
Head, Allergy/Immunology Section, and Co-director, Asthma Center, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Susan Razavi Abouhassan, MD, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Lang has disclosed receiving honoraria for teaching and speaking from Merck Schering-Plough, Genentech-Novartis, sanofi-aventis, GlaxoSmith-Kline, and AstraZeneca, and honoraria for consulting from GlaxoSmith Kline, AstraZeneca, and MedImmune.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
364-368
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Susan Razavi Abouhassan, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

David M. Lang, MD, FAAAAI
Head, Allergy/Immunology Section, and Co-director, Asthma Center, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Susan Razavi Abouhassan, MD, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Lang has disclosed receiving honoraria for teaching and speaking from Merck Schering-Plough, Genentech-Novartis, sanofi-aventis, GlaxoSmith-Kline, and AstraZeneca, and honoraria for consulting from GlaxoSmith Kline, AstraZeneca, and MedImmune.

Author and Disclosure Information

Susan Razavi Abouhassan, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

David M. Lang, MD, FAAAAI
Head, Allergy/Immunology Section, and Co-director, Asthma Center, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Susan Razavi Abouhassan, MD, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Lang has disclosed receiving honoraria for teaching and speaking from Merck Schering-Plough, Genentech-Novartis, sanofi-aventis, GlaxoSmith-Kline, and AstraZeneca, and honoraria for consulting from GlaxoSmith Kline, AstraZeneca, and MedImmune.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Yes. A number of large randomized controlled trials have shown inhaled corticosteroids to be beneficial in low doses for patients who have mild persistent asthma, and therefore these drugs are strongly recommended in this situation.1

Asthma care providers should, however, consider this “yes” in the context of asthma severity, the goals of therapy, and the benefits and risks associated with inhaled corticosteroids.

CLASSIFICATION OF ASTHMA SEVERITY

The third Expert Panel Report (EPR-3) categorizes asthma as intermittent (formerly called “mild intermittent”), mild persistent, moderate persistent, or severe persistent (Table 1).1

Although the studies of asthma prevalence had methodologic limitations and therefore the true prevalence of mild persistent asthma cannot be determined, it is common. Fuhlbrigge et al2 reported that most asthma patients have some form of persistent asthma. In contrast, Dusser et al3 reviewed available studies and concluded that most patients with asthma have either intermittent or mild persistent asthma.

GOALS: REDUCE IMPAIRMENT AND RISK

The goals of asthma management are to:

Reduce impairment by controlling symptoms so that normal activity levels can be maintained, by minimizing the need for short-acting bronchodilator use, and by maintaining normal pulmonary function; and to

Reduce risk by preventing progressive loss of lung function and recurrent exacerbations, and by optimizing pharmacotherapy while minimizing potential adverse effects.1

EVIDENCE OF BENEFIT

The benefits of inhaled corticosteroids in mild persistent asthma were established by a number of large prospective clinical trials (Table 2).4–8

The OPTIMA trial4 (Low Dose Inhaled Budesonide and Formoterol in Mild Persistent Asthma) was a double-blind, randomized trial carried out in 198 centers in 17 countries. Compared with those randomized to receive placebo, patients who were randomized to receive an inhaled corticosteroid, ie, budesonide (Pulmicort) 100 μg twice daily, had 60% fewer severe exacerbations (relative risk [RR] 0.4, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.27–0.59) and 48% fewer days when their asthma was poorly controlled (RR 0.52, 95% CI 0.4–0.67). Adding a long-acting beta-agonist did not change this outcome.

The START study5 (Inhaled Steroid Treatment as Regular Therapy in Early Asthma) showed that, compared with placebo, starting inhaled budesonide within the first 2 years of asthma symptoms in patients with mild persistent asthma was associated with better asthma control and less need for additional asthma medication.

The IMPACT study6 (Improving Asthma Control Trial) showed that inhaled steroids need to be taken daily, on a regular schedule, rather than intermittently as needed. Patients received either inhaled budesonide as needed, budesonide 200 μg twice daily every day, or zafirlukast (Accolate) 20 mg twice daily. Daily budesonide therapy resulted in better asthma control, less bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and less airway inflammation compared with intermittent use, zafirlukast therapy, or placebo. Daily zafirlukast and intermittent steroid treatment produced similar results for all outcomes measured.

Despite this strong evidence supporting regular use of inhaled corticosteroids in patients with mild persistent asthma, many patients choose to take them intermittently.

Suissa et al7 found, in a large observational cohort study, that fewer patients died of asthma if they were receiving low-dose inhaled corticosteroids than if they were not. The rate of death due to asthma was lower in patients who had used more inhaled corticosteroids over the previous year, and the death rate was higher in those who had discontinued inhaled corticosteroids in the previous 3 months than in those who continued using them.

STEROIDS DO NOT SLOW THE LOSS OF LUNG FUNCTION

Compared with people without asthma, asthma patients have substantially lower values of forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration (FEV1). They also have a faster rate of functional decline: the average decrease in FEV1 in asthma patients is 38 mL per year, compared with 22 mL per year in nonasthmatic people.9

Although inhaled corticosteroids have been shown to increase lung function in asthma patients in the short term, there is little convincing evidence to suggest that they affect the rate of decline in the long term.10 In fact, airway inflammation and bronchial hyperresponsiveness return to baseline within 2 weeks after inhaled corticosteroids are discontinued.10

 

 

DO INHALED CORTICOSTEROIDS STUNT CHILDREN’S GROWTH?

The safety of long-term low-dose inhaled corticosteroids is well established in adults. However, two large randomized controlled trials found that children treated with low-dose inhaled steroids (budesonide 200–400 μg per day) grew 1 to 1.5 cm less over 3 to 5 years of treatment than children receiving placebo.11 However, this effect was primarily evident within the first year of therapy, and growth velocity was similar to that with placebo at the end of the treatment period (4 to 6 years).12

Agertoft and Pedersen13 found that taking inhaled corticosteroids long-term is unlikely to have an effect on final height. Children who took inhaled budesonide (up to an average daily dose of 500 μg) into adulthood ended up no shorter than those who did not.

Based on these and other data, inhaled corticosteroids are generally considered safe at recommended doses. However, the decision to prescribe them for long-term therapy should be based on the risks and benefits to the individual patient.1

ALTERNATIVE DRUGS FOR MILD PERSISTENT ASTHMA

Leukotriene-modifying drugs include the leukotriene receptor antagonists montelukast (Singulair) and zafirlukast and the 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor zileuton (Zyflo CR). These drugs have been associated with statistically significant improvement in FEV1 compared with placebo in patients with mild to moderate asthma, reductions in both blood and sputum eosinophils,14 and attenuation of bronchoconstriction with exercise.11

Large randomized trials comparing leukotriene modifier therapy with low-dose inhaled steroids in adults and children with mild persistent asthma have found that although outcomes improve with either therapy, the improvement is statistically superior with inhaled steroids for most asthma-control measures. 6,8 Low-dose inhaled steroid therapy in patients with mild persistent and moderate persistent asthma has been associated with superior clinical outcomes as well as greater improvement in pulmonary function than treatment with antileukotriene drugs (Table 2).8

Asthma is heterogeneous, and properly selected patients with mild persistent asthma may achieve good control with leukotrienemodifier monotherapy.15 Alternatives for patients with mild persistent asthma include the methylxanthine theophylline, but this drug is less desirable due to its narrow therapeutic index. 1 The inhaled cromones nedocromil (Tilade) and cromolyn (Intal) were other options in this patient population, but their short half-lives made them less practical, and US production has been discontinued.

THE BOTTOM LINE

Inhaled corticosteroids are the most effective drug class for controlling mild persistent asthma and are generally regarded as safe for long-term use in children and adults. Table 3 lists the estimated comparative daily dosing of inhaled corticosteroids for patients over 12 years of age. The EPR3 guidelines1 include comparative daily dosages for patients younger than age 12.

Though leukotriene receptor antagonists can be effective, the daily use of inhaled corticosteroids results in higher asthma control test scores, more symptom-free days, greater pre-bronchodilator FEV1, and decreased percentage of sputum eosinophils6 in patients with mild persistent asthma, and the addition of a long-acting beta agonist does not provide additional benefit.4 Furthermore, daily use of inhaled corticosteroids in these patients has also been associated with a lower rate of asthma-related deaths and with less need for systemic corticosteroid therapy,7,8 even though inhaled corticosteroids have not yet been shown to alter the progressive loss of lung function.10

Yes. A number of large randomized controlled trials have shown inhaled corticosteroids to be beneficial in low doses for patients who have mild persistent asthma, and therefore these drugs are strongly recommended in this situation.1

Asthma care providers should, however, consider this “yes” in the context of asthma severity, the goals of therapy, and the benefits and risks associated with inhaled corticosteroids.

CLASSIFICATION OF ASTHMA SEVERITY

The third Expert Panel Report (EPR-3) categorizes asthma as intermittent (formerly called “mild intermittent”), mild persistent, moderate persistent, or severe persistent (Table 1).1

Although the studies of asthma prevalence had methodologic limitations and therefore the true prevalence of mild persistent asthma cannot be determined, it is common. Fuhlbrigge et al2 reported that most asthma patients have some form of persistent asthma. In contrast, Dusser et al3 reviewed available studies and concluded that most patients with asthma have either intermittent or mild persistent asthma.

GOALS: REDUCE IMPAIRMENT AND RISK

The goals of asthma management are to:

Reduce impairment by controlling symptoms so that normal activity levels can be maintained, by minimizing the need for short-acting bronchodilator use, and by maintaining normal pulmonary function; and to

Reduce risk by preventing progressive loss of lung function and recurrent exacerbations, and by optimizing pharmacotherapy while minimizing potential adverse effects.1

EVIDENCE OF BENEFIT

The benefits of inhaled corticosteroids in mild persistent asthma were established by a number of large prospective clinical trials (Table 2).4–8

The OPTIMA trial4 (Low Dose Inhaled Budesonide and Formoterol in Mild Persistent Asthma) was a double-blind, randomized trial carried out in 198 centers in 17 countries. Compared with those randomized to receive placebo, patients who were randomized to receive an inhaled corticosteroid, ie, budesonide (Pulmicort) 100 μg twice daily, had 60% fewer severe exacerbations (relative risk [RR] 0.4, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.27–0.59) and 48% fewer days when their asthma was poorly controlled (RR 0.52, 95% CI 0.4–0.67). Adding a long-acting beta-agonist did not change this outcome.

The START study5 (Inhaled Steroid Treatment as Regular Therapy in Early Asthma) showed that, compared with placebo, starting inhaled budesonide within the first 2 years of asthma symptoms in patients with mild persistent asthma was associated with better asthma control and less need for additional asthma medication.

The IMPACT study6 (Improving Asthma Control Trial) showed that inhaled steroids need to be taken daily, on a regular schedule, rather than intermittently as needed. Patients received either inhaled budesonide as needed, budesonide 200 μg twice daily every day, or zafirlukast (Accolate) 20 mg twice daily. Daily budesonide therapy resulted in better asthma control, less bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and less airway inflammation compared with intermittent use, zafirlukast therapy, or placebo. Daily zafirlukast and intermittent steroid treatment produced similar results for all outcomes measured.

Despite this strong evidence supporting regular use of inhaled corticosteroids in patients with mild persistent asthma, many patients choose to take them intermittently.

Suissa et al7 found, in a large observational cohort study, that fewer patients died of asthma if they were receiving low-dose inhaled corticosteroids than if they were not. The rate of death due to asthma was lower in patients who had used more inhaled corticosteroids over the previous year, and the death rate was higher in those who had discontinued inhaled corticosteroids in the previous 3 months than in those who continued using them.

STEROIDS DO NOT SLOW THE LOSS OF LUNG FUNCTION

Compared with people without asthma, asthma patients have substantially lower values of forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration (FEV1). They also have a faster rate of functional decline: the average decrease in FEV1 in asthma patients is 38 mL per year, compared with 22 mL per year in nonasthmatic people.9

Although inhaled corticosteroids have been shown to increase lung function in asthma patients in the short term, there is little convincing evidence to suggest that they affect the rate of decline in the long term.10 In fact, airway inflammation and bronchial hyperresponsiveness return to baseline within 2 weeks after inhaled corticosteroids are discontinued.10

 

 

DO INHALED CORTICOSTEROIDS STUNT CHILDREN’S GROWTH?

The safety of long-term low-dose inhaled corticosteroids is well established in adults. However, two large randomized controlled trials found that children treated with low-dose inhaled steroids (budesonide 200–400 μg per day) grew 1 to 1.5 cm less over 3 to 5 years of treatment than children receiving placebo.11 However, this effect was primarily evident within the first year of therapy, and growth velocity was similar to that with placebo at the end of the treatment period (4 to 6 years).12

Agertoft and Pedersen13 found that taking inhaled corticosteroids long-term is unlikely to have an effect on final height. Children who took inhaled budesonide (up to an average daily dose of 500 μg) into adulthood ended up no shorter than those who did not.

Based on these and other data, inhaled corticosteroids are generally considered safe at recommended doses. However, the decision to prescribe them for long-term therapy should be based on the risks and benefits to the individual patient.1

ALTERNATIVE DRUGS FOR MILD PERSISTENT ASTHMA

Leukotriene-modifying drugs include the leukotriene receptor antagonists montelukast (Singulair) and zafirlukast and the 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor zileuton (Zyflo CR). These drugs have been associated with statistically significant improvement in FEV1 compared with placebo in patients with mild to moderate asthma, reductions in both blood and sputum eosinophils,14 and attenuation of bronchoconstriction with exercise.11

Large randomized trials comparing leukotriene modifier therapy with low-dose inhaled steroids in adults and children with mild persistent asthma have found that although outcomes improve with either therapy, the improvement is statistically superior with inhaled steroids for most asthma-control measures. 6,8 Low-dose inhaled steroid therapy in patients with mild persistent and moderate persistent asthma has been associated with superior clinical outcomes as well as greater improvement in pulmonary function than treatment with antileukotriene drugs (Table 2).8

Asthma is heterogeneous, and properly selected patients with mild persistent asthma may achieve good control with leukotrienemodifier monotherapy.15 Alternatives for patients with mild persistent asthma include the methylxanthine theophylline, but this drug is less desirable due to its narrow therapeutic index. 1 The inhaled cromones nedocromil (Tilade) and cromolyn (Intal) were other options in this patient population, but their short half-lives made them less practical, and US production has been discontinued.

THE BOTTOM LINE

Inhaled corticosteroids are the most effective drug class for controlling mild persistent asthma and are generally regarded as safe for long-term use in children and adults. Table 3 lists the estimated comparative daily dosing of inhaled corticosteroids for patients over 12 years of age. The EPR3 guidelines1 include comparative daily dosages for patients younger than age 12.

Though leukotriene receptor antagonists can be effective, the daily use of inhaled corticosteroids results in higher asthma control test scores, more symptom-free days, greater pre-bronchodilator FEV1, and decreased percentage of sputum eosinophils6 in patients with mild persistent asthma, and the addition of a long-acting beta agonist does not provide additional benefit.4 Furthermore, daily use of inhaled corticosteroids in these patients has also been associated with a lower rate of asthma-related deaths and with less need for systemic corticosteroid therapy,7,8 even though inhaled corticosteroids have not yet been shown to alter the progressive loss of lung function.10

References
  1. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma (EPR-3). www.nhlbi.nih.gov/guidelines/asthma/. Accessed March 26, 2010.
  2. Fuhlbrigge AL, Adams RJ, Guilbert TW, et al. The burden of asthma in the United States: level and distribution are dependent on interpretation of the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2002; 166:10441049.
  3. Dusser D, Montani D, Chanez P, et al. Mild asthma: an expert review on epidemiology, clinical characteristics and treatment recommendations. Allergy 2007; 62:591604.
  4. O’Byrne PM, Barnes PJ, Rodriguez-Roisin R, et al. Low dose inhaled budesonide and formoterol in mild persistent asthma: the OPTIMA randomized trial. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 164:13921397.
  5. Busse WW, Pedersen S, Pauwels RA, et al; START Investigators Group. The Inhaled Steroid Treatment As Regular Therapy in Early Asthma (START) study 5-year follow-up: effectiveness of early intervention with budesonide in mild persistent asthma. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2008; 121:11671174.
  6. Boushey HA, Sorkness CA, King TS, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute’s Asthma Clinical Research Network. Daily versus as-needed corticosteroids for mild persistent asthma. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:15191528.
  7. Suissa S, Ernst P, Benayoun S, Baltzan M, Cai B. Low-dose inhaled corticosteroids and the prevention of death from asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:332356.
  8. Busse W, Wolfe J, Storms W, et al. Fluticasone propionate compared with zafirlukast in controlling persistent asthma: a randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. J Fam Pract 2001; 50:595602.
  9. Lange P, Parner J, Vestbo J, Schnohr P, Jensen G. A 15-year follow-up study of ventilatory function in adults with asthma. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:11941200.
  10. Fanta CH. Asthma. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:10021014.
  11. O’Byrne PM, Parameswaran K. Pharmacological management of mild or moderate persistent asthma. Lancet 2006; 368:794803.
  12. The Childhood Asthma Management Program Research Group. Long-term effects of budesonide or nedocromil in children with asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:10541063.
  13. Agertoft L, Pedersen S. Effect of long-term treatment with inhaled budesonide on adult height in children with asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:10641069.
  14. Pizzichini E, Leff JA, Reiss TF, et al. Montelukast reduces airway eosinophilic inflammation in asthma: a randomized, controlled trial. Eur Respir J 1999; 14:1218.
  15. Kraft M, Israel E, O’Connor GT. Clinical decisions. Treatment of mild persistent asthma. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:20962100.
References
  1. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma (EPR-3). www.nhlbi.nih.gov/guidelines/asthma/. Accessed March 26, 2010.
  2. Fuhlbrigge AL, Adams RJ, Guilbert TW, et al. The burden of asthma in the United States: level and distribution are dependent on interpretation of the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2002; 166:10441049.
  3. Dusser D, Montani D, Chanez P, et al. Mild asthma: an expert review on epidemiology, clinical characteristics and treatment recommendations. Allergy 2007; 62:591604.
  4. O’Byrne PM, Barnes PJ, Rodriguez-Roisin R, et al. Low dose inhaled budesonide and formoterol in mild persistent asthma: the OPTIMA randomized trial. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 164:13921397.
  5. Busse WW, Pedersen S, Pauwels RA, et al; START Investigators Group. The Inhaled Steroid Treatment As Regular Therapy in Early Asthma (START) study 5-year follow-up: effectiveness of early intervention with budesonide in mild persistent asthma. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2008; 121:11671174.
  6. Boushey HA, Sorkness CA, King TS, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute’s Asthma Clinical Research Network. Daily versus as-needed corticosteroids for mild persistent asthma. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:15191528.
  7. Suissa S, Ernst P, Benayoun S, Baltzan M, Cai B. Low-dose inhaled corticosteroids and the prevention of death from asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:332356.
  8. Busse W, Wolfe J, Storms W, et al. Fluticasone propionate compared with zafirlukast in controlling persistent asthma: a randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. J Fam Pract 2001; 50:595602.
  9. Lange P, Parner J, Vestbo J, Schnohr P, Jensen G. A 15-year follow-up study of ventilatory function in adults with asthma. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:11941200.
  10. Fanta CH. Asthma. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:10021014.
  11. O’Byrne PM, Parameswaran K. Pharmacological management of mild or moderate persistent asthma. Lancet 2006; 368:794803.
  12. The Childhood Asthma Management Program Research Group. Long-term effects of budesonide or nedocromil in children with asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:10541063.
  13. Agertoft L, Pedersen S. Effect of long-term treatment with inhaled budesonide on adult height in children with asthma. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:10641069.
  14. Pizzichini E, Leff JA, Reiss TF, et al. Montelukast reduces airway eosinophilic inflammation in asthma: a randomized, controlled trial. Eur Respir J 1999; 14:1218.
  15. Kraft M, Israel E, O’Connor GT. Clinical decisions. Treatment of mild persistent asthma. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:20962100.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Page Number
364-368
Page Number
364-368
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Should patients with mild asthma use inhaled steroids?
Display Headline
Should patients with mild asthma use inhaled steroids?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Difficulty swallowing solid foods; food ‘getting stuck in the chest’

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Difficulty swallowing solid foods; food ‘getting stuck in the chest’

A 61-year-old woman presents to her primary care physician because for the last 4 weeks she has had difficulty swallowing solid food and a feeling of food “getting stuck in the chest.” She also reports having nausea, mild epigastric pain, and heartburn. She denies having fevers, chills, night sweats, weight loss, vomiting, diarrhea, hematochezia, or melena.

Medical history

For the past 20 years, she has had gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), intermittently treated with a proton pump inhibitor. She also has arthritis, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, and asthma, and she has undergone right hip replacement for a hip fracture. She has no known allergies.

She lives in the Midwest region of the United States and is on disability due to her arthritis. She is divorced and has three children.

She quit smoking 3 years ago after smoking half a pack per day for 30 years. She drinks socially; she has never used recreational drugs.

She recalls that an uncle had cancer, but she does not know the specific type.

Physical examination

The patient’s temperature is 96.7°F (35.9°C), heart rate 86 per minute, blood pressure 150/92 mm Hg, respiratory rate 16 per minute, and oxygen saturation 100% on room air.

She is alert and oriented to time, place, and person. Her sclera are white, her lymph nodes are not palpable, and her heart and lungs appear normal. Her abdomen is tender in the area of the stomach and in the left upper quadrant, there are no signs of peritonitis, the liver and spleen are not enlarged, and no masses can be palpated. She has no asterixis. Results of her complete neurologic examination are normal. Her extremities are normal with no edema. Her laboratory values are shown in Table 1.

Differential diagnosis

Although the differential diagnosis at this stage is broad, a few conditions that commonly present like this are:

  • Esophageal cancer
  • Esophageal stricture
  • Esophageal webs
  • Esophagitis (infectious, inflammatory)
  • Peptic ulcer disease.

WHICH TEST SHOULD BE ORDERED?

1. Which test will you order now for this patient?

  • Endoscopy (esophagogastroduodenoscopy)
  • Serum Helicobacter pylori antibody testing
  • Wireless pH monitoring
  • Barium swallow

Endoscopy would be the best test to order. Esophageal cancer and esophageal stricture must be ruled out, in view of her long history of GERD, gastritis, and smoking and her alarming symptoms of difficulty swallowing and food sticking. In this situation, endoscopy is the first test recommended. In addition to its diagnostic value, it offers an opportunity to obtain tissue samples and to perform a therapeutic intervention, if necessary.1,2

H pyloriantibody testing is used in the “test-and-treat approach” for H pylori infection, an established management strategy for patients who have uninvestigated dyspepsia and who are younger than 55 years and have no “alarm features,” ie, red flags for cancer. The alarm features commonly described are anemia, early satiety, unexplained weight loss, bleeding, odynophagia, progressive dysphagia, unexplained vomiting, and a family history or prior history of gastrointestinal malignancy.3

Our patient’s symptoms raise the possibility of cancer, so that H pylori testing would not be the best test to order at this point.

Ambulatory wireless pH monitoring with a wireless pH capsule is useful for confirming GERD in those with persistent symptoms (whether typical or atypical) who do not have evidence of mucosal damage on initial endoscopy, particularly if a trial of acid suppression has failed.4–6

Barium swallow is an x-ray examination of the esophagus with contrast. It can show both the anatomy and the function of the esophagus, and it would be the initial diagnostic procedure of choice for patients with dysphagia who have no alarm symptoms.7 However, our patient does have alarm symptoms.

First highlight point

  • Endoscopy is the first test in patients with dysphagia with alarm symptoms.

CASE CONTINUES: ENDOSCOPY

Figure 1. Endoscopic view shows multiple nodules in the body of the stomach (arrow).
The patient undergoes endoscopy, which shows erosive esophagitis (grade B according to the Los Angeles classification8), gastritis, and multiple smooth nodules measuring 3 to 5 mm in the body of the stomach (Figure 1).

Multiple biopsies of the nodules show atypical lymphoid infiltrates with small cleaved lymphocytes that are mostly positive for CD5, CD20, and CD43 and negative for CD10 and CD23 by flow cytometry. In addition, a staining test for H pylori is positive.

Comment. Our patient has had GERD for the past 20 years, intermittently treated with a proton pump inhibitor. Acid suppressive therapy with a proton pump inhibitor is the standard of care of patients with erosive esophagitis. In standard doses, these drugs control symptoms in most cases and heal esophagitis in almost 90% of cases within 4 to 8 weeks.9 Proton pump inhibitors are also effective for maintaining healing of esophagitis and controlling symptoms in patients who respond to an acute course of therapy for a period of 6 to 12 months.10

 

 

WHAT IS THE DIAGNOSIS?

2. Which is the most likely diagnosis for our patient?

  • Fundic gland polyps
  • Gastric hyperplastic polyps
  • Gastric adenomas
  • Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma

Fundic gland polyps are small (0.1–0.8 cm), hyperemic, sessile, flat, nodular lesions that have a smooth surface. They occur exclusively in the gastric corpus and are composed of normal gastric corpus-type epithelium arranged in a disorderly or microcystic configuration. 11 This pattern does not match our patient’s findings.

Gastric hyperplastic polyps are elongated, cystic, and distorted foveolar epithelium with marked regeneration. Other histologic findings are stromal inflammation, edema, and smooth muscle hyperplasia.12 This does not match our patient’s findings.

Adenomas can be flat or polypoid and range in size from a few millimeters to several centimeters. Endoscopically, adenomatous polyps have a velvety, lobulated appearance. Most are solitary (82% of cases), located in the antrum, and less than 2 cm in diameter.13 This does not match our patient’s findings.

MALT lymphoma, the correct answer, is characterized by small cleaved lymphocytes positive for CD4, CD20, and CD43. Although CD5 positivity is not characteristic, rare cases of MALT lymphoma may be CD5-positive and may be more aggressive.14

Other common features of MALT lymphoma are erosions, small nodules, thickening of gastric folds—generally suggesting a benign condition—or hyperemic or even normal gastric mucosa.15 Our patient’s complaint of food sticking in her chest and difficulty swallowing was most likely related to the erosive esophagitis found on endoscopy.

A TYPE OF NON-HODGKIN LYMPHOMA

Normal gastric mucosa contains no lymphoid tissue.16,17 Primary gastric lymphoma, of which MALT lymphoma is a subtype, accounts for around 5% of gastric malignancies, with an annual incidence rate of 0.5 per 100,000 people. 18–20 Although rare, it accounts for 60% to 70% of cases of non-Hodgkin lymphoma of the gastrointestinal tract and can involve the perigastric or abdominal lymph nodes or both.21–23 Although earlier studies suggested that its incidence was increasing, recent data indicate the incidence may be decreasing, thanks to active H pylori treatment.24–26

Two subtypes of primary gastric non-Hodgkin lymphoma commonly described are MALT lymphoma and diffuse large B-cell (DLBC) lymphoma. In the Revised European-American Lymphoma Classification, high-grade MALT lymphoma is comparable to DLBC lymphoma and may have transformed from low-grade MALT lymphoma.27,28 Another reported subtype, mantle cell lymphoma with MALT lymphoma features, should be considered in the differential diagnosis, although it is rare.29

MALT lymphoma is linked to H pylori

H pylori infection is a factor in the development of MALT lymphoma,30 as multiple lines of evidence show:

  • H pylori infection has been reported in more than 90% of patients with MALT lymphoma.31–35
  • H pylori antibodies have been found in stored serum drawn from patients who subsequently developed MALT lymphoma.35
  • In response to H pylori antigens, T cells from MALT lymphoma proliferate and cause an increase in tumor immunoglobulin production.36
  • In animals experimentally infected with H pylori, around one-third develop lymphoid follicles and lymphoepithelial lesions including B cells, which are similar to human MALT lymphoma.37

However, only a minority of patients with H pylori develop lymphoma, owing to a host immune response that is not well defined.

Second highlight point

  • Gastric MALT lymphoma is associated with H pylori.

Associated genetic translocations

Three translocations, t(11;18), t(1;14), and t(14;18), are specifically associated with MALT lymphoma, and the genes involved have been characterized.

The t(11;18) translocation, seen in gastric and nongastric MALT lymphoma, is not seen in H pylori gastritis.38 This translocation is usually associated with extension of the disease outside the stomach (ie, to regional lymph nodes or distal sites).27 Most cases that do not respond to H pylori eradication involve the t(11;18) and t(1;14) translocations.28

Clinical presentation of gastric MALT lymphoma

The average age at presentation with gastric MALT lymphoma is 54 to 58 years.

The most common complaint is nonspecific abdominal pain in the epigastric region, sometimes accompanied by weight loss, nausea, vomiting, and, in a quarter of cases, acute or chronic bleeding.39–41 Weight loss is common, and its extent is associated with the location and the grade of the disease.

Most cases of MALT lymphoma are found serendipitously during endoscopy, on which the appearance of the lesions ranges from small ulcerations to polypoid masses with infiltrated, thickened folds involving predominantly the antrum or prepyloric region.15,41

 

 

MANAGING MALT LYMPHOMA

Our patient undergoes endoscopic ultrasonography, which reveals she has stage I disease, ie, it is limited to the stomach without involving the lymph nodes (stage II), adjacent organs (stage III), or distant organs (stage IV).

3. How will you treat this patient, given the present information?

  • Chemotherapy
  • Radiation therapy
  • Surgery
  • Antibiotics with a proton pump inhibitor

Antibiotics with a proton pump inhibitor would be best. According to the Maastricht III Consensus Report,42H pylori eradication is the treatment of first choice for H pylori infection in patients with stage I low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma. This therapy can induce complete histologic remission in 80% to 100% of patients with MALT lymphoma. 43 Several studies have shown regression44 or complete remission of low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma after eradication of H pylori with antibiotics, making it a reasonable initial treatment.45–49

Several regimens are used. The first choice in populations in which the prevalence of resistance to clarithromycin (Biaxin) is less than 15% to 20% is a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and either amoxicillin or metronidazole (Flagyl). (Metronidazole is preferable to amoxicillin if the prevalence of resistance to metronidazole is less than 40%.)

Sequential treatment—ie, 5 days of a proton pump inhibitor plus amoxicillin followed by 5 additional days of a proton pump inhibitor plus clarithromycin plus tinidazole (Tindamax)— may be better than a 7-day course of the combination of a proton pump inhibitor, amoxicillin, and clarithromycin.50,51

Treatment with a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin (500 mg twice a day), and either amoxicillin (1,000 mg twice a day) or metronidazole (400 or 500 mg twice a day) for 14 days is more effective than treatment for 7 days.52

H pylori reinfection in the general population is quite rare, with an estimated yearly rate as low as 2%.53 Recurrence of the infection is a risk factor for lymphoma relapse.17,54

Several predictors of the response of MALT lymphoma to eradication therapy have been recognized: H pylori positivity, stage I, lymphoma confined to the stomach; gastric wall invasion confined to mucosa and submucosa, and the absence of the t(11;18) translocation.

The time between H pylori eradication and complete remission of primary gastric lymphoma varies and can be longer than 12 months.55

Chemotherapy. In a single study,56 complete remission was achieved with oral cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) in cases of antibiotic-refractory gastric MALT lymphoma. Comparable results were achieved after radiation therapy (see below); hence, oral monotherapy with cyclophosphamide might also be a suitable second-line therapy.57

The regimen of cyclophosphamide, hydroxydaunomycin, vincristine, and prednisone (CHOP) has been recommended for patients with stage III and IV disease.41,58

Rituximab (Rituxan) has been proven effective in treating t(11;18)-positive MALT lymphoma.59

Radiation therapy. Two studies have shown a 100% complete response rate after radiation therapy with a median dose of 30 Gy.57,60 Tsang et al61 reported complete remission in up to 90% of patients receiving radiation therapy alone, with excellent 5-year progression-free and overall survival rates of 98% and 77%, respectively.

Although surgery, radiotherapy, and chemotherapy have been used in cases in which eradication therapy failed and in more advanced stages of MALT lymphoma, there is no consensus about their use, so therapy must be individualized.

Fourth highlight point

  • Antibiotic treatment for eradication of H pylori infection is the recommended treatment only for stage I low-grade MALT lymphoma.

FOLOW-UP

4. How should you follow patients with MALT lymphoma?

  • Endoscopy
  • H pylori testing
  • Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
  • No surveillance required after treatment

Endoscopy is the correct answer. As initial diagnostic biopsies do not exclude aggressive lymphoma, careful endoscopic follow-up is recommended. A recommended schedule is a breath test for H pylori every 2 months in conjunction with repeat endoscopy with biopsies every 3 to 6 months for the first 2 years, and then annually.62

Although H pylori may be eradicated within 1 month of drug therapy, lymphoma may take several months to disappear histologically. In patients with stage I disease with residual lymphoma after H pylori eradication therapy, a simple wait-and-watch strategy is a suitable alternative to oncologic therapy.63,64

Local relapse may occur after many years of complete remission; thus, patients should be followed closely long-term with endoscopy and possibly endoscopic ultrasonography. 47–49,63

Patients who fail to attain a complete remission within 12 months should undergo radiation therapy, with or without chemotherapy. The same therapy should be started as soon as possible in patients with progressive disease after antibiotic therapy. Patients negative for H pylori, patients with stage II disease, and patients with t(11;18) translocation should receive antibiotic treatment with endoscopic surveillance every 3 months.

Fifth highlight point

  • Surveillance endoscopy is recommended for follow-up of MALT lymphoma.
 

 

CASE CONTINUES: HER CONDITION IMPROVES, THEN WORSENS

Figure 2. After treatment with a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and amoxicillin for 14 days, no nodules are visible.
The patient receives a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and amoxicillin for 14 days. Her dysphagia improves, and endoscopy with biopsies 3 months later is negative for MALT lymphoma and H pylori (Figure 2).

Figure 3. Follow-up endoscopy demonstrates stomach mucosa with multiple nodules (arrow) due to recurrence of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma after treatment for Helicobacter pylori and remission.
However, when she undergoes endoscopy with endoscopic ultrasonography again 6 months after her second endoscopy, it shows multiple 3-to-5-mm smooth nodules in the body of the stomach (Figure 3). Multiple biopsies are then performed; the findings in the gastric body are consistent with extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma of MALT type, t(11;18)-negative. Giemsa stain is negative for H pylori.

Computed tomography of the chest, abdomen, and pelvis reveals no evidence of additional sites of tumor. Positron emission tomography reveals increased uptake in the left tonsillar region, for which she has undergoes an ear, nose, and throat evaluation, and no pathology is found.

Due to recurrence of her marginal zone Bcell lymphoma of MALT type of the stomach, the patient is referred to an oncology service. She is treated with radiation, receiving 15 sessions of 30 Gy localized to the stomach. Three months after radiation therapy, she undergoes endoscopy again, which shows no evidence of the previously described nodules. Repeat biopsies are negative for H pylori and MALT lymphoma.

Annual surveillance endoscopy and computed tomography for the past 3 years have been negative for any tumor recurrence.

References
  1. Esfandyari T, Potter JW, Vaezi MF. Dysphagia: a cost analysis of the diagnostic approach. Am J Gastroenterol 2002; 97:27332737.
  2. Varadarajulu S, Eloubeidi MA, Patel RS, et al. The yield and the predictors of esophageal pathology when upper endoscopy is used for the initial evaluation of dysphagia. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61:804808.
  3. Chey WD, Wong BC; Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. American College of Gastroenterology guideline on the management of Helicobacter pylori infection. Am J Gastroenterol 2007; 102:18081825.
  4. Pandolfino JE, Richter JE, Ours T, Guardino JM, Chapman J, Kahrilas PJ. Ambulatory esophageal pH monitoring using a wireless system. Am J Gastroenterol 2003; 98:740749.
  5. DeVault KR, Castell DO; American College of Gastroenterology. Updated guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Am J Gastroenterol 2005; 100:190200.
  6. Vakil N, van Zanten SV, Kahrilas P, Dent J, Jones R; Global Consensus Group. The Montreal definition and classification of gastroesophageal reflux disease: a global evidence-based consensus. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:19001920.
  7. Furlow B. Barium swallow. Radiol Technol 2004; 76:4958.
  8. Lundell LR, Dent J, Bennett JR, et al. Endoscopic assessment of oesophagitis: clinical and functional correlates and further validation of the Los Angeles classification. Gut 1999; 45:172180.
  9. Havelund T, Laursen LS, Skoubo-Kristensen E, et al. Omeprazole and ranitidine in treatment of reflux oesophagitis: double blind comparative trial. Br Med J (Clin Res Ed) 1988; 296:8992.
  10. Kahrilas PJ, Shaheen NJ, Vaezi MF; American Gastroenterological Association Institute. American Gastroenterological Association Institute technical review on the management of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Gastroenterology 2008; 135:13921413.
  11. Odze RD, Marcial MA, Antonioli D. Gastric fundic gland polyps: a morphological study including mucin histochemistry, stereometry, and MIB-1 immunohistochemistry. Hum Pathol 1996; 27:896903.
  12. Snover DC. Benign epithelial polyps of the stomach. Pathol Annu 1985; 20:303329.
  13. Carmack SW, Genta RM, Graham DY, Lauwers GY. Management of gastric polyps: a pathology-based guide for gastroenterologists. Nat Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 2009; 6:331341.
  14. Wenzel C, Dieckmann K, Fiebiger W, Mannhalter C, Chott A, Raderer M. CD5 expression in a lymphoma of the mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT)-type as a marker for early dissemination and aggressive clinical behaviour. Leuk Lymphoma 2001; 42:823829.
  15. Ahmad A, Govil Y, Frank BB. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma. Am J Gastroenterol 2003; 98:975986.
  16. Steinbach G, Ford R, Glober G, et al. Antibiotic treatment of gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue. An uncontrolled trial. Ann Intern Med 1999; 131:8895.
  17. Stolte M, Bayerdörffer E, Morgner A, et al. Helicobacter and gastric MALT lymphoma. Gut 2002; 50(suppl 3):III19III24.
  18. Ducreux M, Boutron MC, Piard F, Carli PM, Faivre J. A 15-year series of gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas: a population-based study. Br J Cancer 1998; 77:511514.
  19. Gurney KA, Cartwright RA, Gilman EA. Descriptive epidemiology of gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma in a population-based registry. Br J Cancer 1999; 79:19291934.
  20. d’Amore F, Brincker H, Grønbaek K, et al. Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma of the gastrointestinal tract: a population-based analysis of incidence, geographic distribution, clinicopathologic presentation features, and prognosis. Danish Lymphoma Study Group. J Clin Oncol 1994; 12:16731684.
  21. Koch P, del Valle F, Berdel WE, et al; German Multicenter Study Group. Primary gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma: I. Anatomic and histologic distribution, clinical features, and survival data of 371 patients registered in the German Multicenter Study GIT NHL 01/92. J Clin Oncol 2001; 19:38613873.
  22. Papaxoinis G, Papageorgiou S, Rontogianni D, et al. Primary gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma: a clinicopathologic study of 128 cases in Greece. A Hellenic Cooperative Oncology Group study (HeCOG). Leuk Lymphoma 2006; 47:21402146.
  23. Wotherspoon AC, Doglioni C, Isaacson PG. Low-grade gastric B-cell lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT): a multifocal disease. Histopathology 1992; 20:2934.
  24. Wotherspoon AC. Choosing the right MALT. Gut 1996; 39:617618.
  25. Nakamura S, Matsumoto T, Iida M, Yao T, Tsuneyoshi M. Primary gastrointestinal lymphoma in Japan: a clinicopathologic analysis of 455 patients with special reference to its time trends. Cancer 2003; 97:24622473.
  26. Luminari S, Cesaretti M, Marcheselli L, et al. Decreasing incidence of gastric MALT lymphomas in the era of anti-Helicobacter pylori interventions: results from a population-based study on extranodal marginal zone lymphomas. Ann Oncol 2009; epub ahead of print.
  27. Liu H, Ye H, Dogan A, et al. T(11;18)(q21;q21) is associated with advanced mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma that expresses nuclear BCL10. Blood 2001; 98:11821187.
  28. Liu H, Ruskon-Fourmestraux A, Lavergne-Slove A, et al. Resistance of t(11;18) positive gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma to Helicobacter pylori eradication therapy. Lancet 2001; 357:3940.
  29. Shibata K, Shimamoto Y, Nakano S, Miyahara M, Nakano H, Yamaguchi M. Mantle cell lymphoma with the features of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma in an HTLV-I-seropositive patient. Ann Hematol 1995; 70:4751.
  30. Farinha P, Gascoyne RD. Molecular pathogenesis of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:63706378.
  31. de Jong D, Boot H, van Heerde P, Hart GA, Taal BG. Histological grading in gastric lymphoma: pretreatment criteria and clinical relevance. Gastroenterology 1997; 112:14661474.
  32. Wotherspoon AC, Ortiz-Hidalgo C, Falzon MR, Isaacson PG. Helicobacter pylori-associated gastritis and primary B-cell gastric lymphoma. Lancet 1991; 338:11751176.
  33. Eidt S, Stolte M, Fischer R. Helicobacter pylori gastritis and primary gastric non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas. J Clin Pathol 1994; 47:436439.
  34. Doglioni C, Wotherspoon AC, Moschini A, de Boni M, Isaacson PG. High incidence of primary gastric lymphoma in northeastern Italy. Lancet 1992; 339:834835.
  35. Parsonnet J, Hansen S, Rodriguez L, et al. Helicobacter pylori infection and gastric lymphoma. N Engl J Med 1994; 330:12671271.
  36. Hussell T, Isaacson PG, Crabtree JE, Spencer J. The response of cells from low-grade B-cell gastric lymphomas of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue to Helicobacter pylori. Lancet 1993; 342:571574.
  37. Lee A, O’Rourke J, Enno A. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma: implications of animal models on pathogenic and therapeutic considerations—mouse models of gastric lymphoma. Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:4251.
  38. Auer IA, Gascoyne RD, Connors JM, et al. t(11;18)(q21;q21) is the most common translocation in MALT lymphomas. Ann Oncol 1997; 8:979985.
  39. Morgner A, Bayerdörffer E, Neubauer A, Stolte M. Malignant tumors of the stomach. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma and Helicobacter pylori. Gastroenterol Clin North Am 2000; 29:593607.
  40. Ruskoné-Fourmestraux A, Aegerter P, Delmer A, Brousse N, Galian A, Rambaud JC. Primary digestive tract lymphoma: a prospective multicentric study of 91 patients. Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes Digestifs. Gastroenterology 1993; 105:16621671.
  41. Cogliatti SB, Schmid U, Schumacher U, et al. Primary B-cell gastric lymphoma: a clinicopathological study of 145 patients. Gastroenterology 1991; 101:11591170.
  42. Malfertheiner P, Megraud F, O’Morain C, et al. Current concepts in the management of Helicobacter pylori infection: the Maastricht III Consensus Report. Gut 2007; 56:772781.
  43. Boot H, de Jong D. Gastric lymphoma: the revolution of the past decade. Scand J Gastroenterol Suppl 2002; 236:2736.
  44. Wotherspoon AC, Doglioni C, Diss TC, et al. Regression of primary low-grade B-cell gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type after eradication of Helicobacter pylori. Lancet. 1993; 342:575577.
  45. Bayerdörffer E, Neubauer A, Rudolph B, et al. Regression of primary gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type after cure of Helicobacter pylori infection. MALT Lymphoma Study Group. Lancet 1995; 345:15911594.
  46. Roggero E, Zucca E, Pinotti G, et al. Eradication of Helicobacter pylori infection in primary low-grade gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue. Ann Intern Med 1995; 122:767769.
  47. Ruskoné-Fourmestraux A. Gastrointestinal lymphomas: the French experience of the Groupe d’Étude des Lymphomes Digestifs (GELD). Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:99103.
  48. Wündisch T, Thiede C, Morgner A, et al. Long-term follow-up of gastric MALT lymphoma after Helicobacter pylori eradication. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:80188024.
  49. Wündisch T, Mösch C, Neubauer A, Stolte M. Helicobacter pylori eradication in gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma: results of a 196-patient series. Leuk Lymphoma 2006; 47:21102114.
  50. De Francesco V, Zullo A, Margiotta M, et al. Sequential treatment for Helicobacter pylori does not share the risk factors of triple therapy failure. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2004; 19:407414.
  51. Zullo A, Vaira D, Vakil N, et al. High eradication rates of Helicobacter pylori with a new sequential treatment. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2003; 17:719726.
  52. Paoluzi P, Iacopini F, Crispino P, et al. 2-week triple therapy for Helicobacter pylori infection is better than 1-week in clinical practice: a large prospective single-center randomized study. Helicobacter 2006; 11:562568.
  53. Gisbert JP, Olivares D, Jimenez I, Pajares JM. Long-term follow-up of 13C-urea breath test results after Helicobacter pylori eradication: frequency and significance of borderline delta13CO2 values. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2006; 23:275280.
  54. Bayerdörffer E, Morgner A. Gastric marginal zone B-cell lymphoma of the mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type: management of the disease. Dig Liver Dis 2000; 32:192194.
  55. Savio A, Zamboni G, Capelli P, et al. Relapse of low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma after Helicobacter pylori eradication: true relapse or persistence? Long-term post-treatment follow-up of a multicenter trial in the north-east of Italy and evaluation of the diagnostic protocol’s adequacy. Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:116124.
  56. Nakamura S, Matsumoto T, Suekane H, et al. Long-term clinical outcome of Helicobacter pylori eradication for gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma with a reference to second-line treatment. Cancer 2005; 104:532540.
  57. Schechter NR, Portlock CS, Yahalom J. Treatment of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma of the stomach with radiation alone. J Clin Oncol 1998; 16:19161921.
  58. Solidoro A, Payet C, Sanchez-Lihon J, Montalbetti JA. Gastric lymphomas: chemotherapy as a primary treatment. Semin Surg Oncol 1990; 6:218225.
  59. Lévy M, Copie-Bergman C, Molinier-Frenkel V, et al. Treatment of t(11;18)-positive gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma with rituximab and chlorambucil: clinical, histological, and molecular follow-up. Leuk Lymphoma 2010; 51:284290.
  60. Yahalom J. MALT lymphomas: a radiation oncology viewpoint. Ann Hematol 2001; 80(suppl 3):B100B105.
  61. Tsang RW, Gospodarowicz MK, Pintilie M, et al. Localized mucosaassociated lymphoid tissue lymphoma treated with radiation therapy has excellent clinical outcome. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:41574164.
  62. Hung PD, Schubert ML, Mihas AA. Marginal zone B-cell lymphoma (MALT lymphoma). Curr Treat Options Gastroenterol 2004; 7:133138.
  63. Zucca E, Cavalli F. Are antibiotics the treatment of choice for gastric lymphoma? Curr Hematol Rep 2004; 3:1116.
  64. Fischbach W, Goebeler ME, Ruskone-Fourmestraux A, et al; EGI LS (European Gastro-Intestinal Lymphoma Study) Group. Most patients with minimal histological residuals of gastric MALT lymphoma after successful eradication of Helicobacter pylori can be managed safely by a watch and wait strategy: experience from a large international series. Gut 2007; 56:16851687.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Maqsood A. Khan, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Bijo K. John, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Bret A. Lashner, MD, MPH
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Donald F. Kirby, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Maqsood A. Khan, MD, Digestive Disease Institute, T22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
354-363
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Maqsood A. Khan, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Bijo K. John, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Bret A. Lashner, MD, MPH
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Donald F. Kirby, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Maqsood A. Khan, MD, Digestive Disease Institute, T22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Maqsood A. Khan, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Bijo K. John, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Bret A. Lashner, MD, MPH
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Donald F. Kirby, MD
Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Maqsood A. Khan, MD, Digestive Disease Institute, T22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 61-year-old woman presents to her primary care physician because for the last 4 weeks she has had difficulty swallowing solid food and a feeling of food “getting stuck in the chest.” She also reports having nausea, mild epigastric pain, and heartburn. She denies having fevers, chills, night sweats, weight loss, vomiting, diarrhea, hematochezia, or melena.

Medical history

For the past 20 years, she has had gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), intermittently treated with a proton pump inhibitor. She also has arthritis, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, and asthma, and she has undergone right hip replacement for a hip fracture. She has no known allergies.

She lives in the Midwest region of the United States and is on disability due to her arthritis. She is divorced and has three children.

She quit smoking 3 years ago after smoking half a pack per day for 30 years. She drinks socially; she has never used recreational drugs.

She recalls that an uncle had cancer, but she does not know the specific type.

Physical examination

The patient’s temperature is 96.7°F (35.9°C), heart rate 86 per minute, blood pressure 150/92 mm Hg, respiratory rate 16 per minute, and oxygen saturation 100% on room air.

She is alert and oriented to time, place, and person. Her sclera are white, her lymph nodes are not palpable, and her heart and lungs appear normal. Her abdomen is tender in the area of the stomach and in the left upper quadrant, there are no signs of peritonitis, the liver and spleen are not enlarged, and no masses can be palpated. She has no asterixis. Results of her complete neurologic examination are normal. Her extremities are normal with no edema. Her laboratory values are shown in Table 1.

Differential diagnosis

Although the differential diagnosis at this stage is broad, a few conditions that commonly present like this are:

  • Esophageal cancer
  • Esophageal stricture
  • Esophageal webs
  • Esophagitis (infectious, inflammatory)
  • Peptic ulcer disease.

WHICH TEST SHOULD BE ORDERED?

1. Which test will you order now for this patient?

  • Endoscopy (esophagogastroduodenoscopy)
  • Serum Helicobacter pylori antibody testing
  • Wireless pH monitoring
  • Barium swallow

Endoscopy would be the best test to order. Esophageal cancer and esophageal stricture must be ruled out, in view of her long history of GERD, gastritis, and smoking and her alarming symptoms of difficulty swallowing and food sticking. In this situation, endoscopy is the first test recommended. In addition to its diagnostic value, it offers an opportunity to obtain tissue samples and to perform a therapeutic intervention, if necessary.1,2

H pyloriantibody testing is used in the “test-and-treat approach” for H pylori infection, an established management strategy for patients who have uninvestigated dyspepsia and who are younger than 55 years and have no “alarm features,” ie, red flags for cancer. The alarm features commonly described are anemia, early satiety, unexplained weight loss, bleeding, odynophagia, progressive dysphagia, unexplained vomiting, and a family history or prior history of gastrointestinal malignancy.3

Our patient’s symptoms raise the possibility of cancer, so that H pylori testing would not be the best test to order at this point.

Ambulatory wireless pH monitoring with a wireless pH capsule is useful for confirming GERD in those with persistent symptoms (whether typical or atypical) who do not have evidence of mucosal damage on initial endoscopy, particularly if a trial of acid suppression has failed.4–6

Barium swallow is an x-ray examination of the esophagus with contrast. It can show both the anatomy and the function of the esophagus, and it would be the initial diagnostic procedure of choice for patients with dysphagia who have no alarm symptoms.7 However, our patient does have alarm symptoms.

First highlight point

  • Endoscopy is the first test in patients with dysphagia with alarm symptoms.

CASE CONTINUES: ENDOSCOPY

Figure 1. Endoscopic view shows multiple nodules in the body of the stomach (arrow).
The patient undergoes endoscopy, which shows erosive esophagitis (grade B according to the Los Angeles classification8), gastritis, and multiple smooth nodules measuring 3 to 5 mm in the body of the stomach (Figure 1).

Multiple biopsies of the nodules show atypical lymphoid infiltrates with small cleaved lymphocytes that are mostly positive for CD5, CD20, and CD43 and negative for CD10 and CD23 by flow cytometry. In addition, a staining test for H pylori is positive.

Comment. Our patient has had GERD for the past 20 years, intermittently treated with a proton pump inhibitor. Acid suppressive therapy with a proton pump inhibitor is the standard of care of patients with erosive esophagitis. In standard doses, these drugs control symptoms in most cases and heal esophagitis in almost 90% of cases within 4 to 8 weeks.9 Proton pump inhibitors are also effective for maintaining healing of esophagitis and controlling symptoms in patients who respond to an acute course of therapy for a period of 6 to 12 months.10

 

 

WHAT IS THE DIAGNOSIS?

2. Which is the most likely diagnosis for our patient?

  • Fundic gland polyps
  • Gastric hyperplastic polyps
  • Gastric adenomas
  • Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma

Fundic gland polyps are small (0.1–0.8 cm), hyperemic, sessile, flat, nodular lesions that have a smooth surface. They occur exclusively in the gastric corpus and are composed of normal gastric corpus-type epithelium arranged in a disorderly or microcystic configuration. 11 This pattern does not match our patient’s findings.

Gastric hyperplastic polyps are elongated, cystic, and distorted foveolar epithelium with marked regeneration. Other histologic findings are stromal inflammation, edema, and smooth muscle hyperplasia.12 This does not match our patient’s findings.

Adenomas can be flat or polypoid and range in size from a few millimeters to several centimeters. Endoscopically, adenomatous polyps have a velvety, lobulated appearance. Most are solitary (82% of cases), located in the antrum, and less than 2 cm in diameter.13 This does not match our patient’s findings.

MALT lymphoma, the correct answer, is characterized by small cleaved lymphocytes positive for CD4, CD20, and CD43. Although CD5 positivity is not characteristic, rare cases of MALT lymphoma may be CD5-positive and may be more aggressive.14

Other common features of MALT lymphoma are erosions, small nodules, thickening of gastric folds—generally suggesting a benign condition—or hyperemic or even normal gastric mucosa.15 Our patient’s complaint of food sticking in her chest and difficulty swallowing was most likely related to the erosive esophagitis found on endoscopy.

A TYPE OF NON-HODGKIN LYMPHOMA

Normal gastric mucosa contains no lymphoid tissue.16,17 Primary gastric lymphoma, of which MALT lymphoma is a subtype, accounts for around 5% of gastric malignancies, with an annual incidence rate of 0.5 per 100,000 people. 18–20 Although rare, it accounts for 60% to 70% of cases of non-Hodgkin lymphoma of the gastrointestinal tract and can involve the perigastric or abdominal lymph nodes or both.21–23 Although earlier studies suggested that its incidence was increasing, recent data indicate the incidence may be decreasing, thanks to active H pylori treatment.24–26

Two subtypes of primary gastric non-Hodgkin lymphoma commonly described are MALT lymphoma and diffuse large B-cell (DLBC) lymphoma. In the Revised European-American Lymphoma Classification, high-grade MALT lymphoma is comparable to DLBC lymphoma and may have transformed from low-grade MALT lymphoma.27,28 Another reported subtype, mantle cell lymphoma with MALT lymphoma features, should be considered in the differential diagnosis, although it is rare.29

MALT lymphoma is linked to H pylori

H pylori infection is a factor in the development of MALT lymphoma,30 as multiple lines of evidence show:

  • H pylori infection has been reported in more than 90% of patients with MALT lymphoma.31–35
  • H pylori antibodies have been found in stored serum drawn from patients who subsequently developed MALT lymphoma.35
  • In response to H pylori antigens, T cells from MALT lymphoma proliferate and cause an increase in tumor immunoglobulin production.36
  • In animals experimentally infected with H pylori, around one-third develop lymphoid follicles and lymphoepithelial lesions including B cells, which are similar to human MALT lymphoma.37

However, only a minority of patients with H pylori develop lymphoma, owing to a host immune response that is not well defined.

Second highlight point

  • Gastric MALT lymphoma is associated with H pylori.

Associated genetic translocations

Three translocations, t(11;18), t(1;14), and t(14;18), are specifically associated with MALT lymphoma, and the genes involved have been characterized.

The t(11;18) translocation, seen in gastric and nongastric MALT lymphoma, is not seen in H pylori gastritis.38 This translocation is usually associated with extension of the disease outside the stomach (ie, to regional lymph nodes or distal sites).27 Most cases that do not respond to H pylori eradication involve the t(11;18) and t(1;14) translocations.28

Clinical presentation of gastric MALT lymphoma

The average age at presentation with gastric MALT lymphoma is 54 to 58 years.

The most common complaint is nonspecific abdominal pain in the epigastric region, sometimes accompanied by weight loss, nausea, vomiting, and, in a quarter of cases, acute or chronic bleeding.39–41 Weight loss is common, and its extent is associated with the location and the grade of the disease.

Most cases of MALT lymphoma are found serendipitously during endoscopy, on which the appearance of the lesions ranges from small ulcerations to polypoid masses with infiltrated, thickened folds involving predominantly the antrum or prepyloric region.15,41

 

 

MANAGING MALT LYMPHOMA

Our patient undergoes endoscopic ultrasonography, which reveals she has stage I disease, ie, it is limited to the stomach without involving the lymph nodes (stage II), adjacent organs (stage III), or distant organs (stage IV).

3. How will you treat this patient, given the present information?

  • Chemotherapy
  • Radiation therapy
  • Surgery
  • Antibiotics with a proton pump inhibitor

Antibiotics with a proton pump inhibitor would be best. According to the Maastricht III Consensus Report,42H pylori eradication is the treatment of first choice for H pylori infection in patients with stage I low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma. This therapy can induce complete histologic remission in 80% to 100% of patients with MALT lymphoma. 43 Several studies have shown regression44 or complete remission of low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma after eradication of H pylori with antibiotics, making it a reasonable initial treatment.45–49

Several regimens are used. The first choice in populations in which the prevalence of resistance to clarithromycin (Biaxin) is less than 15% to 20% is a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and either amoxicillin or metronidazole (Flagyl). (Metronidazole is preferable to amoxicillin if the prevalence of resistance to metronidazole is less than 40%.)

Sequential treatment—ie, 5 days of a proton pump inhibitor plus amoxicillin followed by 5 additional days of a proton pump inhibitor plus clarithromycin plus tinidazole (Tindamax)— may be better than a 7-day course of the combination of a proton pump inhibitor, amoxicillin, and clarithromycin.50,51

Treatment with a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin (500 mg twice a day), and either amoxicillin (1,000 mg twice a day) or metronidazole (400 or 500 mg twice a day) for 14 days is more effective than treatment for 7 days.52

H pylori reinfection in the general population is quite rare, with an estimated yearly rate as low as 2%.53 Recurrence of the infection is a risk factor for lymphoma relapse.17,54

Several predictors of the response of MALT lymphoma to eradication therapy have been recognized: H pylori positivity, stage I, lymphoma confined to the stomach; gastric wall invasion confined to mucosa and submucosa, and the absence of the t(11;18) translocation.

The time between H pylori eradication and complete remission of primary gastric lymphoma varies and can be longer than 12 months.55

Chemotherapy. In a single study,56 complete remission was achieved with oral cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) in cases of antibiotic-refractory gastric MALT lymphoma. Comparable results were achieved after radiation therapy (see below); hence, oral monotherapy with cyclophosphamide might also be a suitable second-line therapy.57

The regimen of cyclophosphamide, hydroxydaunomycin, vincristine, and prednisone (CHOP) has been recommended for patients with stage III and IV disease.41,58

Rituximab (Rituxan) has been proven effective in treating t(11;18)-positive MALT lymphoma.59

Radiation therapy. Two studies have shown a 100% complete response rate after radiation therapy with a median dose of 30 Gy.57,60 Tsang et al61 reported complete remission in up to 90% of patients receiving radiation therapy alone, with excellent 5-year progression-free and overall survival rates of 98% and 77%, respectively.

Although surgery, radiotherapy, and chemotherapy have been used in cases in which eradication therapy failed and in more advanced stages of MALT lymphoma, there is no consensus about their use, so therapy must be individualized.

Fourth highlight point

  • Antibiotic treatment for eradication of H pylori infection is the recommended treatment only for stage I low-grade MALT lymphoma.

FOLOW-UP

4. How should you follow patients with MALT lymphoma?

  • Endoscopy
  • H pylori testing
  • Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
  • No surveillance required after treatment

Endoscopy is the correct answer. As initial diagnostic biopsies do not exclude aggressive lymphoma, careful endoscopic follow-up is recommended. A recommended schedule is a breath test for H pylori every 2 months in conjunction with repeat endoscopy with biopsies every 3 to 6 months for the first 2 years, and then annually.62

Although H pylori may be eradicated within 1 month of drug therapy, lymphoma may take several months to disappear histologically. In patients with stage I disease with residual lymphoma after H pylori eradication therapy, a simple wait-and-watch strategy is a suitable alternative to oncologic therapy.63,64

Local relapse may occur after many years of complete remission; thus, patients should be followed closely long-term with endoscopy and possibly endoscopic ultrasonography. 47–49,63

Patients who fail to attain a complete remission within 12 months should undergo radiation therapy, with or without chemotherapy. The same therapy should be started as soon as possible in patients with progressive disease after antibiotic therapy. Patients negative for H pylori, patients with stage II disease, and patients with t(11;18) translocation should receive antibiotic treatment with endoscopic surveillance every 3 months.

Fifth highlight point

  • Surveillance endoscopy is recommended for follow-up of MALT lymphoma.
 

 

CASE CONTINUES: HER CONDITION IMPROVES, THEN WORSENS

Figure 2. After treatment with a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and amoxicillin for 14 days, no nodules are visible.
The patient receives a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and amoxicillin for 14 days. Her dysphagia improves, and endoscopy with biopsies 3 months later is negative for MALT lymphoma and H pylori (Figure 2).

Figure 3. Follow-up endoscopy demonstrates stomach mucosa with multiple nodules (arrow) due to recurrence of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma after treatment for Helicobacter pylori and remission.
However, when she undergoes endoscopy with endoscopic ultrasonography again 6 months after her second endoscopy, it shows multiple 3-to-5-mm smooth nodules in the body of the stomach (Figure 3). Multiple biopsies are then performed; the findings in the gastric body are consistent with extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma of MALT type, t(11;18)-negative. Giemsa stain is negative for H pylori.

Computed tomography of the chest, abdomen, and pelvis reveals no evidence of additional sites of tumor. Positron emission tomography reveals increased uptake in the left tonsillar region, for which she has undergoes an ear, nose, and throat evaluation, and no pathology is found.

Due to recurrence of her marginal zone Bcell lymphoma of MALT type of the stomach, the patient is referred to an oncology service. She is treated with radiation, receiving 15 sessions of 30 Gy localized to the stomach. Three months after radiation therapy, she undergoes endoscopy again, which shows no evidence of the previously described nodules. Repeat biopsies are negative for H pylori and MALT lymphoma.

Annual surveillance endoscopy and computed tomography for the past 3 years have been negative for any tumor recurrence.

A 61-year-old woman presents to her primary care physician because for the last 4 weeks she has had difficulty swallowing solid food and a feeling of food “getting stuck in the chest.” She also reports having nausea, mild epigastric pain, and heartburn. She denies having fevers, chills, night sweats, weight loss, vomiting, diarrhea, hematochezia, or melena.

Medical history

For the past 20 years, she has had gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), intermittently treated with a proton pump inhibitor. She also has arthritis, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, and asthma, and she has undergone right hip replacement for a hip fracture. She has no known allergies.

She lives in the Midwest region of the United States and is on disability due to her arthritis. She is divorced and has three children.

She quit smoking 3 years ago after smoking half a pack per day for 30 years. She drinks socially; she has never used recreational drugs.

She recalls that an uncle had cancer, but she does not know the specific type.

Physical examination

The patient’s temperature is 96.7°F (35.9°C), heart rate 86 per minute, blood pressure 150/92 mm Hg, respiratory rate 16 per minute, and oxygen saturation 100% on room air.

She is alert and oriented to time, place, and person. Her sclera are white, her lymph nodes are not palpable, and her heart and lungs appear normal. Her abdomen is tender in the area of the stomach and in the left upper quadrant, there are no signs of peritonitis, the liver and spleen are not enlarged, and no masses can be palpated. She has no asterixis. Results of her complete neurologic examination are normal. Her extremities are normal with no edema. Her laboratory values are shown in Table 1.

Differential diagnosis

Although the differential diagnosis at this stage is broad, a few conditions that commonly present like this are:

  • Esophageal cancer
  • Esophageal stricture
  • Esophageal webs
  • Esophagitis (infectious, inflammatory)
  • Peptic ulcer disease.

WHICH TEST SHOULD BE ORDERED?

1. Which test will you order now for this patient?

  • Endoscopy (esophagogastroduodenoscopy)
  • Serum Helicobacter pylori antibody testing
  • Wireless pH monitoring
  • Barium swallow

Endoscopy would be the best test to order. Esophageal cancer and esophageal stricture must be ruled out, in view of her long history of GERD, gastritis, and smoking and her alarming symptoms of difficulty swallowing and food sticking. In this situation, endoscopy is the first test recommended. In addition to its diagnostic value, it offers an opportunity to obtain tissue samples and to perform a therapeutic intervention, if necessary.1,2

H pyloriantibody testing is used in the “test-and-treat approach” for H pylori infection, an established management strategy for patients who have uninvestigated dyspepsia and who are younger than 55 years and have no “alarm features,” ie, red flags for cancer. The alarm features commonly described are anemia, early satiety, unexplained weight loss, bleeding, odynophagia, progressive dysphagia, unexplained vomiting, and a family history or prior history of gastrointestinal malignancy.3

Our patient’s symptoms raise the possibility of cancer, so that H pylori testing would not be the best test to order at this point.

Ambulatory wireless pH monitoring with a wireless pH capsule is useful for confirming GERD in those with persistent symptoms (whether typical or atypical) who do not have evidence of mucosal damage on initial endoscopy, particularly if a trial of acid suppression has failed.4–6

Barium swallow is an x-ray examination of the esophagus with contrast. It can show both the anatomy and the function of the esophagus, and it would be the initial diagnostic procedure of choice for patients with dysphagia who have no alarm symptoms.7 However, our patient does have alarm symptoms.

First highlight point

  • Endoscopy is the first test in patients with dysphagia with alarm symptoms.

CASE CONTINUES: ENDOSCOPY

Figure 1. Endoscopic view shows multiple nodules in the body of the stomach (arrow).
The patient undergoes endoscopy, which shows erosive esophagitis (grade B according to the Los Angeles classification8), gastritis, and multiple smooth nodules measuring 3 to 5 mm in the body of the stomach (Figure 1).

Multiple biopsies of the nodules show atypical lymphoid infiltrates with small cleaved lymphocytes that are mostly positive for CD5, CD20, and CD43 and negative for CD10 and CD23 by flow cytometry. In addition, a staining test for H pylori is positive.

Comment. Our patient has had GERD for the past 20 years, intermittently treated with a proton pump inhibitor. Acid suppressive therapy with a proton pump inhibitor is the standard of care of patients with erosive esophagitis. In standard doses, these drugs control symptoms in most cases and heal esophagitis in almost 90% of cases within 4 to 8 weeks.9 Proton pump inhibitors are also effective for maintaining healing of esophagitis and controlling symptoms in patients who respond to an acute course of therapy for a period of 6 to 12 months.10

 

 

WHAT IS THE DIAGNOSIS?

2. Which is the most likely diagnosis for our patient?

  • Fundic gland polyps
  • Gastric hyperplastic polyps
  • Gastric adenomas
  • Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma

Fundic gland polyps are small (0.1–0.8 cm), hyperemic, sessile, flat, nodular lesions that have a smooth surface. They occur exclusively in the gastric corpus and are composed of normal gastric corpus-type epithelium arranged in a disorderly or microcystic configuration. 11 This pattern does not match our patient’s findings.

Gastric hyperplastic polyps are elongated, cystic, and distorted foveolar epithelium with marked regeneration. Other histologic findings are stromal inflammation, edema, and smooth muscle hyperplasia.12 This does not match our patient’s findings.

Adenomas can be flat or polypoid and range in size from a few millimeters to several centimeters. Endoscopically, adenomatous polyps have a velvety, lobulated appearance. Most are solitary (82% of cases), located in the antrum, and less than 2 cm in diameter.13 This does not match our patient’s findings.

MALT lymphoma, the correct answer, is characterized by small cleaved lymphocytes positive for CD4, CD20, and CD43. Although CD5 positivity is not characteristic, rare cases of MALT lymphoma may be CD5-positive and may be more aggressive.14

Other common features of MALT lymphoma are erosions, small nodules, thickening of gastric folds—generally suggesting a benign condition—or hyperemic or even normal gastric mucosa.15 Our patient’s complaint of food sticking in her chest and difficulty swallowing was most likely related to the erosive esophagitis found on endoscopy.

A TYPE OF NON-HODGKIN LYMPHOMA

Normal gastric mucosa contains no lymphoid tissue.16,17 Primary gastric lymphoma, of which MALT lymphoma is a subtype, accounts for around 5% of gastric malignancies, with an annual incidence rate of 0.5 per 100,000 people. 18–20 Although rare, it accounts for 60% to 70% of cases of non-Hodgkin lymphoma of the gastrointestinal tract and can involve the perigastric or abdominal lymph nodes or both.21–23 Although earlier studies suggested that its incidence was increasing, recent data indicate the incidence may be decreasing, thanks to active H pylori treatment.24–26

Two subtypes of primary gastric non-Hodgkin lymphoma commonly described are MALT lymphoma and diffuse large B-cell (DLBC) lymphoma. In the Revised European-American Lymphoma Classification, high-grade MALT lymphoma is comparable to DLBC lymphoma and may have transformed from low-grade MALT lymphoma.27,28 Another reported subtype, mantle cell lymphoma with MALT lymphoma features, should be considered in the differential diagnosis, although it is rare.29

MALT lymphoma is linked to H pylori

H pylori infection is a factor in the development of MALT lymphoma,30 as multiple lines of evidence show:

  • H pylori infection has been reported in more than 90% of patients with MALT lymphoma.31–35
  • H pylori antibodies have been found in stored serum drawn from patients who subsequently developed MALT lymphoma.35
  • In response to H pylori antigens, T cells from MALT lymphoma proliferate and cause an increase in tumor immunoglobulin production.36
  • In animals experimentally infected with H pylori, around one-third develop lymphoid follicles and lymphoepithelial lesions including B cells, which are similar to human MALT lymphoma.37

However, only a minority of patients with H pylori develop lymphoma, owing to a host immune response that is not well defined.

Second highlight point

  • Gastric MALT lymphoma is associated with H pylori.

Associated genetic translocations

Three translocations, t(11;18), t(1;14), and t(14;18), are specifically associated with MALT lymphoma, and the genes involved have been characterized.

The t(11;18) translocation, seen in gastric and nongastric MALT lymphoma, is not seen in H pylori gastritis.38 This translocation is usually associated with extension of the disease outside the stomach (ie, to regional lymph nodes or distal sites).27 Most cases that do not respond to H pylori eradication involve the t(11;18) and t(1;14) translocations.28

Clinical presentation of gastric MALT lymphoma

The average age at presentation with gastric MALT lymphoma is 54 to 58 years.

The most common complaint is nonspecific abdominal pain in the epigastric region, sometimes accompanied by weight loss, nausea, vomiting, and, in a quarter of cases, acute or chronic bleeding.39–41 Weight loss is common, and its extent is associated with the location and the grade of the disease.

Most cases of MALT lymphoma are found serendipitously during endoscopy, on which the appearance of the lesions ranges from small ulcerations to polypoid masses with infiltrated, thickened folds involving predominantly the antrum or prepyloric region.15,41

 

 

MANAGING MALT LYMPHOMA

Our patient undergoes endoscopic ultrasonography, which reveals she has stage I disease, ie, it is limited to the stomach without involving the lymph nodes (stage II), adjacent organs (stage III), or distant organs (stage IV).

3. How will you treat this patient, given the present information?

  • Chemotherapy
  • Radiation therapy
  • Surgery
  • Antibiotics with a proton pump inhibitor

Antibiotics with a proton pump inhibitor would be best. According to the Maastricht III Consensus Report,42H pylori eradication is the treatment of first choice for H pylori infection in patients with stage I low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma. This therapy can induce complete histologic remission in 80% to 100% of patients with MALT lymphoma. 43 Several studies have shown regression44 or complete remission of low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma after eradication of H pylori with antibiotics, making it a reasonable initial treatment.45–49

Several regimens are used. The first choice in populations in which the prevalence of resistance to clarithromycin (Biaxin) is less than 15% to 20% is a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and either amoxicillin or metronidazole (Flagyl). (Metronidazole is preferable to amoxicillin if the prevalence of resistance to metronidazole is less than 40%.)

Sequential treatment—ie, 5 days of a proton pump inhibitor plus amoxicillin followed by 5 additional days of a proton pump inhibitor plus clarithromycin plus tinidazole (Tindamax)— may be better than a 7-day course of the combination of a proton pump inhibitor, amoxicillin, and clarithromycin.50,51

Treatment with a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin (500 mg twice a day), and either amoxicillin (1,000 mg twice a day) or metronidazole (400 or 500 mg twice a day) for 14 days is more effective than treatment for 7 days.52

H pylori reinfection in the general population is quite rare, with an estimated yearly rate as low as 2%.53 Recurrence of the infection is a risk factor for lymphoma relapse.17,54

Several predictors of the response of MALT lymphoma to eradication therapy have been recognized: H pylori positivity, stage I, lymphoma confined to the stomach; gastric wall invasion confined to mucosa and submucosa, and the absence of the t(11;18) translocation.

The time between H pylori eradication and complete remission of primary gastric lymphoma varies and can be longer than 12 months.55

Chemotherapy. In a single study,56 complete remission was achieved with oral cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) in cases of antibiotic-refractory gastric MALT lymphoma. Comparable results were achieved after radiation therapy (see below); hence, oral monotherapy with cyclophosphamide might also be a suitable second-line therapy.57

The regimen of cyclophosphamide, hydroxydaunomycin, vincristine, and prednisone (CHOP) has been recommended for patients with stage III and IV disease.41,58

Rituximab (Rituxan) has been proven effective in treating t(11;18)-positive MALT lymphoma.59

Radiation therapy. Two studies have shown a 100% complete response rate after radiation therapy with a median dose of 30 Gy.57,60 Tsang et al61 reported complete remission in up to 90% of patients receiving radiation therapy alone, with excellent 5-year progression-free and overall survival rates of 98% and 77%, respectively.

Although surgery, radiotherapy, and chemotherapy have been used in cases in which eradication therapy failed and in more advanced stages of MALT lymphoma, there is no consensus about their use, so therapy must be individualized.

Fourth highlight point

  • Antibiotic treatment for eradication of H pylori infection is the recommended treatment only for stage I low-grade MALT lymphoma.

FOLOW-UP

4. How should you follow patients with MALT lymphoma?

  • Endoscopy
  • H pylori testing
  • Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
  • No surveillance required after treatment

Endoscopy is the correct answer. As initial diagnostic biopsies do not exclude aggressive lymphoma, careful endoscopic follow-up is recommended. A recommended schedule is a breath test for H pylori every 2 months in conjunction with repeat endoscopy with biopsies every 3 to 6 months for the first 2 years, and then annually.62

Although H pylori may be eradicated within 1 month of drug therapy, lymphoma may take several months to disappear histologically. In patients with stage I disease with residual lymphoma after H pylori eradication therapy, a simple wait-and-watch strategy is a suitable alternative to oncologic therapy.63,64

Local relapse may occur after many years of complete remission; thus, patients should be followed closely long-term with endoscopy and possibly endoscopic ultrasonography. 47–49,63

Patients who fail to attain a complete remission within 12 months should undergo radiation therapy, with or without chemotherapy. The same therapy should be started as soon as possible in patients with progressive disease after antibiotic therapy. Patients negative for H pylori, patients with stage II disease, and patients with t(11;18) translocation should receive antibiotic treatment with endoscopic surveillance every 3 months.

Fifth highlight point

  • Surveillance endoscopy is recommended for follow-up of MALT lymphoma.
 

 

CASE CONTINUES: HER CONDITION IMPROVES, THEN WORSENS

Figure 2. After treatment with a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and amoxicillin for 14 days, no nodules are visible.
The patient receives a proton pump inhibitor, clarithromycin, and amoxicillin for 14 days. Her dysphagia improves, and endoscopy with biopsies 3 months later is negative for MALT lymphoma and H pylori (Figure 2).

Figure 3. Follow-up endoscopy demonstrates stomach mucosa with multiple nodules (arrow) due to recurrence of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma after treatment for Helicobacter pylori and remission.
However, when she undergoes endoscopy with endoscopic ultrasonography again 6 months after her second endoscopy, it shows multiple 3-to-5-mm smooth nodules in the body of the stomach (Figure 3). Multiple biopsies are then performed; the findings in the gastric body are consistent with extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma of MALT type, t(11;18)-negative. Giemsa stain is negative for H pylori.

Computed tomography of the chest, abdomen, and pelvis reveals no evidence of additional sites of tumor. Positron emission tomography reveals increased uptake in the left tonsillar region, for which she has undergoes an ear, nose, and throat evaluation, and no pathology is found.

Due to recurrence of her marginal zone Bcell lymphoma of MALT type of the stomach, the patient is referred to an oncology service. She is treated with radiation, receiving 15 sessions of 30 Gy localized to the stomach. Three months after radiation therapy, she undergoes endoscopy again, which shows no evidence of the previously described nodules. Repeat biopsies are negative for H pylori and MALT lymphoma.

Annual surveillance endoscopy and computed tomography for the past 3 years have been negative for any tumor recurrence.

References
  1. Esfandyari T, Potter JW, Vaezi MF. Dysphagia: a cost analysis of the diagnostic approach. Am J Gastroenterol 2002; 97:27332737.
  2. Varadarajulu S, Eloubeidi MA, Patel RS, et al. The yield and the predictors of esophageal pathology when upper endoscopy is used for the initial evaluation of dysphagia. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61:804808.
  3. Chey WD, Wong BC; Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. American College of Gastroenterology guideline on the management of Helicobacter pylori infection. Am J Gastroenterol 2007; 102:18081825.
  4. Pandolfino JE, Richter JE, Ours T, Guardino JM, Chapman J, Kahrilas PJ. Ambulatory esophageal pH monitoring using a wireless system. Am J Gastroenterol 2003; 98:740749.
  5. DeVault KR, Castell DO; American College of Gastroenterology. Updated guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Am J Gastroenterol 2005; 100:190200.
  6. Vakil N, van Zanten SV, Kahrilas P, Dent J, Jones R; Global Consensus Group. The Montreal definition and classification of gastroesophageal reflux disease: a global evidence-based consensus. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:19001920.
  7. Furlow B. Barium swallow. Radiol Technol 2004; 76:4958.
  8. Lundell LR, Dent J, Bennett JR, et al. Endoscopic assessment of oesophagitis: clinical and functional correlates and further validation of the Los Angeles classification. Gut 1999; 45:172180.
  9. Havelund T, Laursen LS, Skoubo-Kristensen E, et al. Omeprazole and ranitidine in treatment of reflux oesophagitis: double blind comparative trial. Br Med J (Clin Res Ed) 1988; 296:8992.
  10. Kahrilas PJ, Shaheen NJ, Vaezi MF; American Gastroenterological Association Institute. American Gastroenterological Association Institute technical review on the management of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Gastroenterology 2008; 135:13921413.
  11. Odze RD, Marcial MA, Antonioli D. Gastric fundic gland polyps: a morphological study including mucin histochemistry, stereometry, and MIB-1 immunohistochemistry. Hum Pathol 1996; 27:896903.
  12. Snover DC. Benign epithelial polyps of the stomach. Pathol Annu 1985; 20:303329.
  13. Carmack SW, Genta RM, Graham DY, Lauwers GY. Management of gastric polyps: a pathology-based guide for gastroenterologists. Nat Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 2009; 6:331341.
  14. Wenzel C, Dieckmann K, Fiebiger W, Mannhalter C, Chott A, Raderer M. CD5 expression in a lymphoma of the mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT)-type as a marker for early dissemination and aggressive clinical behaviour. Leuk Lymphoma 2001; 42:823829.
  15. Ahmad A, Govil Y, Frank BB. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma. Am J Gastroenterol 2003; 98:975986.
  16. Steinbach G, Ford R, Glober G, et al. Antibiotic treatment of gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue. An uncontrolled trial. Ann Intern Med 1999; 131:8895.
  17. Stolte M, Bayerdörffer E, Morgner A, et al. Helicobacter and gastric MALT lymphoma. Gut 2002; 50(suppl 3):III19III24.
  18. Ducreux M, Boutron MC, Piard F, Carli PM, Faivre J. A 15-year series of gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas: a population-based study. Br J Cancer 1998; 77:511514.
  19. Gurney KA, Cartwright RA, Gilman EA. Descriptive epidemiology of gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma in a population-based registry. Br J Cancer 1999; 79:19291934.
  20. d’Amore F, Brincker H, Grønbaek K, et al. Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma of the gastrointestinal tract: a population-based analysis of incidence, geographic distribution, clinicopathologic presentation features, and prognosis. Danish Lymphoma Study Group. J Clin Oncol 1994; 12:16731684.
  21. Koch P, del Valle F, Berdel WE, et al; German Multicenter Study Group. Primary gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma: I. Anatomic and histologic distribution, clinical features, and survival data of 371 patients registered in the German Multicenter Study GIT NHL 01/92. J Clin Oncol 2001; 19:38613873.
  22. Papaxoinis G, Papageorgiou S, Rontogianni D, et al. Primary gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma: a clinicopathologic study of 128 cases in Greece. A Hellenic Cooperative Oncology Group study (HeCOG). Leuk Lymphoma 2006; 47:21402146.
  23. Wotherspoon AC, Doglioni C, Isaacson PG. Low-grade gastric B-cell lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT): a multifocal disease. Histopathology 1992; 20:2934.
  24. Wotherspoon AC. Choosing the right MALT. Gut 1996; 39:617618.
  25. Nakamura S, Matsumoto T, Iida M, Yao T, Tsuneyoshi M. Primary gastrointestinal lymphoma in Japan: a clinicopathologic analysis of 455 patients with special reference to its time trends. Cancer 2003; 97:24622473.
  26. Luminari S, Cesaretti M, Marcheselli L, et al. Decreasing incidence of gastric MALT lymphomas in the era of anti-Helicobacter pylori interventions: results from a population-based study on extranodal marginal zone lymphomas. Ann Oncol 2009; epub ahead of print.
  27. Liu H, Ye H, Dogan A, et al. T(11;18)(q21;q21) is associated with advanced mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma that expresses nuclear BCL10. Blood 2001; 98:11821187.
  28. Liu H, Ruskon-Fourmestraux A, Lavergne-Slove A, et al. Resistance of t(11;18) positive gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma to Helicobacter pylori eradication therapy. Lancet 2001; 357:3940.
  29. Shibata K, Shimamoto Y, Nakano S, Miyahara M, Nakano H, Yamaguchi M. Mantle cell lymphoma with the features of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma in an HTLV-I-seropositive patient. Ann Hematol 1995; 70:4751.
  30. Farinha P, Gascoyne RD. Molecular pathogenesis of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:63706378.
  31. de Jong D, Boot H, van Heerde P, Hart GA, Taal BG. Histological grading in gastric lymphoma: pretreatment criteria and clinical relevance. Gastroenterology 1997; 112:14661474.
  32. Wotherspoon AC, Ortiz-Hidalgo C, Falzon MR, Isaacson PG. Helicobacter pylori-associated gastritis and primary B-cell gastric lymphoma. Lancet 1991; 338:11751176.
  33. Eidt S, Stolte M, Fischer R. Helicobacter pylori gastritis and primary gastric non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas. J Clin Pathol 1994; 47:436439.
  34. Doglioni C, Wotherspoon AC, Moschini A, de Boni M, Isaacson PG. High incidence of primary gastric lymphoma in northeastern Italy. Lancet 1992; 339:834835.
  35. Parsonnet J, Hansen S, Rodriguez L, et al. Helicobacter pylori infection and gastric lymphoma. N Engl J Med 1994; 330:12671271.
  36. Hussell T, Isaacson PG, Crabtree JE, Spencer J. The response of cells from low-grade B-cell gastric lymphomas of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue to Helicobacter pylori. Lancet 1993; 342:571574.
  37. Lee A, O’Rourke J, Enno A. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma: implications of animal models on pathogenic and therapeutic considerations—mouse models of gastric lymphoma. Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:4251.
  38. Auer IA, Gascoyne RD, Connors JM, et al. t(11;18)(q21;q21) is the most common translocation in MALT lymphomas. Ann Oncol 1997; 8:979985.
  39. Morgner A, Bayerdörffer E, Neubauer A, Stolte M. Malignant tumors of the stomach. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma and Helicobacter pylori. Gastroenterol Clin North Am 2000; 29:593607.
  40. Ruskoné-Fourmestraux A, Aegerter P, Delmer A, Brousse N, Galian A, Rambaud JC. Primary digestive tract lymphoma: a prospective multicentric study of 91 patients. Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes Digestifs. Gastroenterology 1993; 105:16621671.
  41. Cogliatti SB, Schmid U, Schumacher U, et al. Primary B-cell gastric lymphoma: a clinicopathological study of 145 patients. Gastroenterology 1991; 101:11591170.
  42. Malfertheiner P, Megraud F, O’Morain C, et al. Current concepts in the management of Helicobacter pylori infection: the Maastricht III Consensus Report. Gut 2007; 56:772781.
  43. Boot H, de Jong D. Gastric lymphoma: the revolution of the past decade. Scand J Gastroenterol Suppl 2002; 236:2736.
  44. Wotherspoon AC, Doglioni C, Diss TC, et al. Regression of primary low-grade B-cell gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type after eradication of Helicobacter pylori. Lancet. 1993; 342:575577.
  45. Bayerdörffer E, Neubauer A, Rudolph B, et al. Regression of primary gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type after cure of Helicobacter pylori infection. MALT Lymphoma Study Group. Lancet 1995; 345:15911594.
  46. Roggero E, Zucca E, Pinotti G, et al. Eradication of Helicobacter pylori infection in primary low-grade gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue. Ann Intern Med 1995; 122:767769.
  47. Ruskoné-Fourmestraux A. Gastrointestinal lymphomas: the French experience of the Groupe d’Étude des Lymphomes Digestifs (GELD). Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:99103.
  48. Wündisch T, Thiede C, Morgner A, et al. Long-term follow-up of gastric MALT lymphoma after Helicobacter pylori eradication. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:80188024.
  49. Wündisch T, Mösch C, Neubauer A, Stolte M. Helicobacter pylori eradication in gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma: results of a 196-patient series. Leuk Lymphoma 2006; 47:21102114.
  50. De Francesco V, Zullo A, Margiotta M, et al. Sequential treatment for Helicobacter pylori does not share the risk factors of triple therapy failure. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2004; 19:407414.
  51. Zullo A, Vaira D, Vakil N, et al. High eradication rates of Helicobacter pylori with a new sequential treatment. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2003; 17:719726.
  52. Paoluzi P, Iacopini F, Crispino P, et al. 2-week triple therapy for Helicobacter pylori infection is better than 1-week in clinical practice: a large prospective single-center randomized study. Helicobacter 2006; 11:562568.
  53. Gisbert JP, Olivares D, Jimenez I, Pajares JM. Long-term follow-up of 13C-urea breath test results after Helicobacter pylori eradication: frequency and significance of borderline delta13CO2 values. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2006; 23:275280.
  54. Bayerdörffer E, Morgner A. Gastric marginal zone B-cell lymphoma of the mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type: management of the disease. Dig Liver Dis 2000; 32:192194.
  55. Savio A, Zamboni G, Capelli P, et al. Relapse of low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma after Helicobacter pylori eradication: true relapse or persistence? Long-term post-treatment follow-up of a multicenter trial in the north-east of Italy and evaluation of the diagnostic protocol’s adequacy. Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:116124.
  56. Nakamura S, Matsumoto T, Suekane H, et al. Long-term clinical outcome of Helicobacter pylori eradication for gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma with a reference to second-line treatment. Cancer 2005; 104:532540.
  57. Schechter NR, Portlock CS, Yahalom J. Treatment of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma of the stomach with radiation alone. J Clin Oncol 1998; 16:19161921.
  58. Solidoro A, Payet C, Sanchez-Lihon J, Montalbetti JA. Gastric lymphomas: chemotherapy as a primary treatment. Semin Surg Oncol 1990; 6:218225.
  59. Lévy M, Copie-Bergman C, Molinier-Frenkel V, et al. Treatment of t(11;18)-positive gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma with rituximab and chlorambucil: clinical, histological, and molecular follow-up. Leuk Lymphoma 2010; 51:284290.
  60. Yahalom J. MALT lymphomas: a radiation oncology viewpoint. Ann Hematol 2001; 80(suppl 3):B100B105.
  61. Tsang RW, Gospodarowicz MK, Pintilie M, et al. Localized mucosaassociated lymphoid tissue lymphoma treated with radiation therapy has excellent clinical outcome. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:41574164.
  62. Hung PD, Schubert ML, Mihas AA. Marginal zone B-cell lymphoma (MALT lymphoma). Curr Treat Options Gastroenterol 2004; 7:133138.
  63. Zucca E, Cavalli F. Are antibiotics the treatment of choice for gastric lymphoma? Curr Hematol Rep 2004; 3:1116.
  64. Fischbach W, Goebeler ME, Ruskone-Fourmestraux A, et al; EGI LS (European Gastro-Intestinal Lymphoma Study) Group. Most patients with minimal histological residuals of gastric MALT lymphoma after successful eradication of Helicobacter pylori can be managed safely by a watch and wait strategy: experience from a large international series. Gut 2007; 56:16851687.
References
  1. Esfandyari T, Potter JW, Vaezi MF. Dysphagia: a cost analysis of the diagnostic approach. Am J Gastroenterol 2002; 97:27332737.
  2. Varadarajulu S, Eloubeidi MA, Patel RS, et al. The yield and the predictors of esophageal pathology when upper endoscopy is used for the initial evaluation of dysphagia. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61:804808.
  3. Chey WD, Wong BC; Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. American College of Gastroenterology guideline on the management of Helicobacter pylori infection. Am J Gastroenterol 2007; 102:18081825.
  4. Pandolfino JE, Richter JE, Ours T, Guardino JM, Chapman J, Kahrilas PJ. Ambulatory esophageal pH monitoring using a wireless system. Am J Gastroenterol 2003; 98:740749.
  5. DeVault KR, Castell DO; American College of Gastroenterology. Updated guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Am J Gastroenterol 2005; 100:190200.
  6. Vakil N, van Zanten SV, Kahrilas P, Dent J, Jones R; Global Consensus Group. The Montreal definition and classification of gastroesophageal reflux disease: a global evidence-based consensus. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:19001920.
  7. Furlow B. Barium swallow. Radiol Technol 2004; 76:4958.
  8. Lundell LR, Dent J, Bennett JR, et al. Endoscopic assessment of oesophagitis: clinical and functional correlates and further validation of the Los Angeles classification. Gut 1999; 45:172180.
  9. Havelund T, Laursen LS, Skoubo-Kristensen E, et al. Omeprazole and ranitidine in treatment of reflux oesophagitis: double blind comparative trial. Br Med J (Clin Res Ed) 1988; 296:8992.
  10. Kahrilas PJ, Shaheen NJ, Vaezi MF; American Gastroenterological Association Institute. American Gastroenterological Association Institute technical review on the management of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Gastroenterology 2008; 135:13921413.
  11. Odze RD, Marcial MA, Antonioli D. Gastric fundic gland polyps: a morphological study including mucin histochemistry, stereometry, and MIB-1 immunohistochemistry. Hum Pathol 1996; 27:896903.
  12. Snover DC. Benign epithelial polyps of the stomach. Pathol Annu 1985; 20:303329.
  13. Carmack SW, Genta RM, Graham DY, Lauwers GY. Management of gastric polyps: a pathology-based guide for gastroenterologists. Nat Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 2009; 6:331341.
  14. Wenzel C, Dieckmann K, Fiebiger W, Mannhalter C, Chott A, Raderer M. CD5 expression in a lymphoma of the mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT)-type as a marker for early dissemination and aggressive clinical behaviour. Leuk Lymphoma 2001; 42:823829.
  15. Ahmad A, Govil Y, Frank BB. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma. Am J Gastroenterol 2003; 98:975986.
  16. Steinbach G, Ford R, Glober G, et al. Antibiotic treatment of gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue. An uncontrolled trial. Ann Intern Med 1999; 131:8895.
  17. Stolte M, Bayerdörffer E, Morgner A, et al. Helicobacter and gastric MALT lymphoma. Gut 2002; 50(suppl 3):III19III24.
  18. Ducreux M, Boutron MC, Piard F, Carli PM, Faivre J. A 15-year series of gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas: a population-based study. Br J Cancer 1998; 77:511514.
  19. Gurney KA, Cartwright RA, Gilman EA. Descriptive epidemiology of gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma in a population-based registry. Br J Cancer 1999; 79:19291934.
  20. d’Amore F, Brincker H, Grønbaek K, et al. Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma of the gastrointestinal tract: a population-based analysis of incidence, geographic distribution, clinicopathologic presentation features, and prognosis. Danish Lymphoma Study Group. J Clin Oncol 1994; 12:16731684.
  21. Koch P, del Valle F, Berdel WE, et al; German Multicenter Study Group. Primary gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma: I. Anatomic and histologic distribution, clinical features, and survival data of 371 patients registered in the German Multicenter Study GIT NHL 01/92. J Clin Oncol 2001; 19:38613873.
  22. Papaxoinis G, Papageorgiou S, Rontogianni D, et al. Primary gastrointestinal non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma: a clinicopathologic study of 128 cases in Greece. A Hellenic Cooperative Oncology Group study (HeCOG). Leuk Lymphoma 2006; 47:21402146.
  23. Wotherspoon AC, Doglioni C, Isaacson PG. Low-grade gastric B-cell lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT): a multifocal disease. Histopathology 1992; 20:2934.
  24. Wotherspoon AC. Choosing the right MALT. Gut 1996; 39:617618.
  25. Nakamura S, Matsumoto T, Iida M, Yao T, Tsuneyoshi M. Primary gastrointestinal lymphoma in Japan: a clinicopathologic analysis of 455 patients with special reference to its time trends. Cancer 2003; 97:24622473.
  26. Luminari S, Cesaretti M, Marcheselli L, et al. Decreasing incidence of gastric MALT lymphomas in the era of anti-Helicobacter pylori interventions: results from a population-based study on extranodal marginal zone lymphomas. Ann Oncol 2009; epub ahead of print.
  27. Liu H, Ye H, Dogan A, et al. T(11;18)(q21;q21) is associated with advanced mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma that expresses nuclear BCL10. Blood 2001; 98:11821187.
  28. Liu H, Ruskon-Fourmestraux A, Lavergne-Slove A, et al. Resistance of t(11;18) positive gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma to Helicobacter pylori eradication therapy. Lancet 2001; 357:3940.
  29. Shibata K, Shimamoto Y, Nakano S, Miyahara M, Nakano H, Yamaguchi M. Mantle cell lymphoma with the features of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma in an HTLV-I-seropositive patient. Ann Hematol 1995; 70:4751.
  30. Farinha P, Gascoyne RD. Molecular pathogenesis of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:63706378.
  31. de Jong D, Boot H, van Heerde P, Hart GA, Taal BG. Histological grading in gastric lymphoma: pretreatment criteria and clinical relevance. Gastroenterology 1997; 112:14661474.
  32. Wotherspoon AC, Ortiz-Hidalgo C, Falzon MR, Isaacson PG. Helicobacter pylori-associated gastritis and primary B-cell gastric lymphoma. Lancet 1991; 338:11751176.
  33. Eidt S, Stolte M, Fischer R. Helicobacter pylori gastritis and primary gastric non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas. J Clin Pathol 1994; 47:436439.
  34. Doglioni C, Wotherspoon AC, Moschini A, de Boni M, Isaacson PG. High incidence of primary gastric lymphoma in northeastern Italy. Lancet 1992; 339:834835.
  35. Parsonnet J, Hansen S, Rodriguez L, et al. Helicobacter pylori infection and gastric lymphoma. N Engl J Med 1994; 330:12671271.
  36. Hussell T, Isaacson PG, Crabtree JE, Spencer J. The response of cells from low-grade B-cell gastric lymphomas of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue to Helicobacter pylori. Lancet 1993; 342:571574.
  37. Lee A, O’Rourke J, Enno A. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma: implications of animal models on pathogenic and therapeutic considerations—mouse models of gastric lymphoma. Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:4251.
  38. Auer IA, Gascoyne RD, Connors JM, et al. t(11;18)(q21;q21) is the most common translocation in MALT lymphomas. Ann Oncol 1997; 8:979985.
  39. Morgner A, Bayerdörffer E, Neubauer A, Stolte M. Malignant tumors of the stomach. Gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma and Helicobacter pylori. Gastroenterol Clin North Am 2000; 29:593607.
  40. Ruskoné-Fourmestraux A, Aegerter P, Delmer A, Brousse N, Galian A, Rambaud JC. Primary digestive tract lymphoma: a prospective multicentric study of 91 patients. Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes Digestifs. Gastroenterology 1993; 105:16621671.
  41. Cogliatti SB, Schmid U, Schumacher U, et al. Primary B-cell gastric lymphoma: a clinicopathological study of 145 patients. Gastroenterology 1991; 101:11591170.
  42. Malfertheiner P, Megraud F, O’Morain C, et al. Current concepts in the management of Helicobacter pylori infection: the Maastricht III Consensus Report. Gut 2007; 56:772781.
  43. Boot H, de Jong D. Gastric lymphoma: the revolution of the past decade. Scand J Gastroenterol Suppl 2002; 236:2736.
  44. Wotherspoon AC, Doglioni C, Diss TC, et al. Regression of primary low-grade B-cell gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type after eradication of Helicobacter pylori. Lancet. 1993; 342:575577.
  45. Bayerdörffer E, Neubauer A, Rudolph B, et al. Regression of primary gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type after cure of Helicobacter pylori infection. MALT Lymphoma Study Group. Lancet 1995; 345:15911594.
  46. Roggero E, Zucca E, Pinotti G, et al. Eradication of Helicobacter pylori infection in primary low-grade gastric lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue. Ann Intern Med 1995; 122:767769.
  47. Ruskoné-Fourmestraux A. Gastrointestinal lymphomas: the French experience of the Groupe d’Étude des Lymphomes Digestifs (GELD). Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:99103.
  48. Wündisch T, Thiede C, Morgner A, et al. Long-term follow-up of gastric MALT lymphoma after Helicobacter pylori eradication. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:80188024.
  49. Wündisch T, Mösch C, Neubauer A, Stolte M. Helicobacter pylori eradication in gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma: results of a 196-patient series. Leuk Lymphoma 2006; 47:21102114.
  50. De Francesco V, Zullo A, Margiotta M, et al. Sequential treatment for Helicobacter pylori does not share the risk factors of triple therapy failure. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2004; 19:407414.
  51. Zullo A, Vaira D, Vakil N, et al. High eradication rates of Helicobacter pylori with a new sequential treatment. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2003; 17:719726.
  52. Paoluzi P, Iacopini F, Crispino P, et al. 2-week triple therapy for Helicobacter pylori infection is better than 1-week in clinical practice: a large prospective single-center randomized study. Helicobacter 2006; 11:562568.
  53. Gisbert JP, Olivares D, Jimenez I, Pajares JM. Long-term follow-up of 13C-urea breath test results after Helicobacter pylori eradication: frequency and significance of borderline delta13CO2 values. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2006; 23:275280.
  54. Bayerdörffer E, Morgner A. Gastric marginal zone B-cell lymphoma of the mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue type: management of the disease. Dig Liver Dis 2000; 32:192194.
  55. Savio A, Zamboni G, Capelli P, et al. Relapse of low-grade gastric MALT lymphoma after Helicobacter pylori eradication: true relapse or persistence? Long-term post-treatment follow-up of a multicenter trial in the north-east of Italy and evaluation of the diagnostic protocol’s adequacy. Recent Results Cancer Res 2000; 156:116124.
  56. Nakamura S, Matsumoto T, Suekane H, et al. Long-term clinical outcome of Helicobacter pylori eradication for gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma with a reference to second-line treatment. Cancer 2005; 104:532540.
  57. Schechter NR, Portlock CS, Yahalom J. Treatment of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma of the stomach with radiation alone. J Clin Oncol 1998; 16:19161921.
  58. Solidoro A, Payet C, Sanchez-Lihon J, Montalbetti JA. Gastric lymphomas: chemotherapy as a primary treatment. Semin Surg Oncol 1990; 6:218225.
  59. Lévy M, Copie-Bergman C, Molinier-Frenkel V, et al. Treatment of t(11;18)-positive gastric mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma with rituximab and chlorambucil: clinical, histological, and molecular follow-up. Leuk Lymphoma 2010; 51:284290.
  60. Yahalom J. MALT lymphomas: a radiation oncology viewpoint. Ann Hematol 2001; 80(suppl 3):B100B105.
  61. Tsang RW, Gospodarowicz MK, Pintilie M, et al. Localized mucosaassociated lymphoid tissue lymphoma treated with radiation therapy has excellent clinical outcome. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:41574164.
  62. Hung PD, Schubert ML, Mihas AA. Marginal zone B-cell lymphoma (MALT lymphoma). Curr Treat Options Gastroenterol 2004; 7:133138.
  63. Zucca E, Cavalli F. Are antibiotics the treatment of choice for gastric lymphoma? Curr Hematol Rep 2004; 3:1116.
  64. Fischbach W, Goebeler ME, Ruskone-Fourmestraux A, et al; EGI LS (European Gastro-Intestinal Lymphoma Study) Group. Most patients with minimal histological residuals of gastric MALT lymphoma after successful eradication of Helicobacter pylori can be managed safely by a watch and wait strategy: experience from a large international series. Gut 2007; 56:16851687.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Page Number
354-363
Page Number
354-363
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Difficulty swallowing solid foods; food ‘getting stuck in the chest’
Display Headline
Difficulty swallowing solid foods; food ‘getting stuck in the chest’
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Recurrent spontaneous pneumothorax

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Recurrent spontaneous pneumothorax

Figure 1.
A 26-year-old woman presents with the sudden onset of left chest pain and dyspnea while at rest. She has never smoked. Two months ago, she developed a right-sided pneumothorax, which was treated with a tube thoracostomy. At that time, she received a diagnosis of tuberous sclerosis complex.

Figure 2.
She has no other medical problems, has no history of trauma, and has tested negative for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

Figure 3.
On physical examination, her breath sounds in the left hemithorax are decreased. She also has many nodular lesions on her face (Figure 1), a hypopigmented lesion on her right thigh (Figure 2), and a fleshy plaque on her lower back (Figure 3).

Figure 4. Left-sided pneumothorax (arrow) on chest radiography at presentation.
Figure 5. Computed tomography shows a left-sided pneumothorax (white arrow), a small right-sided pneumothorax (red arrow), and diffuse bilateral thin-walled cysts (blue arrow) in the right lung.
Radiography (Figure 4) and computed tomography (CT) of the chest (Figure 5) reveal a left-sided pneumothorax, a small right-sided pneumothorax, and diffuse, bilateral, thin-walled cysts in the lung.

Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?

  • Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis
  • Cystic fibrosis
  • Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia
  • Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
  • Tuberous sclerosis complex with lymphangioleiomyomatosis

A: The correct diagnosis is tuberous sclerosis complex with lymphangioleiomyomatosis. The lymphangioleiomyomatosis was suggested by the CT findings, by the recurrence of pneumothorax, and, later, by biopsy results. Lymphangioleiomyomatosis occurs in about 30% of women with the tuberous sclerosis complex.1 However, 10% to 15% of women with lymphangioleiomyomatosis do not have tuberous sclerosis complex, 2 in which case the condition is called sporadic lymphangioleiomyomatosis.

Tuberous sclerosis complex can involve the nerves (seizures, brain tumors), the lungs (lymphangioleiomyomatosis, causing pneumothorax or chylothorax), and the skin; skin lesions include facial angiofibromas (Figure 1), ash-leaf spot (Figure 2), and shagreen patch (Figure 3). It is also associated with abdominal involvement (lymphangiomyomas, renal angiomyolipomas).3

Lymphangioleiomyomatosis usually presents as spontaneous pneumothorax in women of childbearing age. After initial stabilization of pneumothorax with simple aspiration or thoracostomy, the patient should undergo ipsilateral chemical or surgical pleurodesis, as the risk of recurrent pneumothorax is greater than 70%.4 Single or bilateral lung transplantation has been accepted as therapy for end-stage pulmonary lymphangioleiomyomatosis, characterized by recurrent pneumothoraces and chylous pleural fluid collections causing respiratory failure (marked dyspnea, hypoxemia, and reductions in forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration and in diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide. Recurrence of lymphangioleiomyomatosis in the allograft lung is rare.5 Hormone therapies such as intramuscular progesterone, oral progestins, or gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists have been used for lymphangioleiomyomatosis (not pneumothorax), but they are no longer recommended.

Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis, cystic fibrosis, Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia, and alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency have all been associated with spontaneous pneumothorax.

Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis can affect multiple systems, including lung, skin, bone, and the pituitary gland. More than 90% of patients have a history of smoking.6 Chest radiography reveals a reticulonodular pattern with involvement of the middle and upper lobes. Later, the nodules tend to cavitate and form contiguous cysts that may mimic lymphangioleiomyomatosis on a high-resolution chest CT.

Cystic fibrosis is most often diagnosed before the age of 3.7 In adults, it can present as sinus and pulmonary disease (chronic cough with sputum production, chronic sinusitis with nasal polyposis, radiographic evidence of bronchiectasis and, less commonly, pneumothorax); as a gastrointestinal tract and nutritional abnormality (pancreatic insufficiency, distal intestinal obstruction, focal biliary cirrhosis); and as male infertility.

Pneumocystis jiroveciipneumonia occurs mainly in patients on chronic immunosuppressive drugs or with immune deficiency due to HIV infection. Typical radiographic features are bilateral perihilar interstitial infiltrates that become increasingly homogeneous and diffuse as the disease progresses. Less common findings include solitary or multiple nodules, upper-lobe infiltrates in patients receiving aerosolized pentamidine (NebuPent), pneumatoceles, and pneumothorax.8

Alpha-1 antitrypsin is an inhibitor of neutrophil elastase. Deficiency is associated with severe, early-onset panacinar emphysema with a basilar predominance, with chronic liver disease including cirrhosis, and less commonly with panniculitis and vasculitis associated with antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody.9 Coalescence of panacinar emphysema leads to the formation of bullae and is important in the development of spontaneous pneumothorax.10

The patient underwent bilateral talc pleurodesis. Lung biopsy at the same time confirmed lymphangioleiomyomatosis. One month later, the right pneumothorax recurred, and she underwent pleurodesis in the right hemithorax with tetracycline. Six months after the second pleurodesis, she was asymptomatic.

References
  1. Costello LC, Hartman TE, Ryu JH. High frequency of pulmonary lymphangioleiomyomatosis in women with tuberous sclerosis complex. Mayo Clin Proc 2000; 75:591594.
  2. Strizheva GD, Carsillo T, Kruger WD, Sullivan EJ, Ryu JH, Henske EP. The spectrum of mutations in TSC1 and TSC2 in women with tuberous sclerosis and lymphangiomyomatosis. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 163:253258.
  3. McCormack FX. Lymphangioleiomyomatosis: a clinical update. Chest 2008; 133:507516.
  4. Almoosa KF, Ryu JH, Mendez J, et al. Management of pneumothorax in lymphangioleiomyomatosis: effects on recurrence and lung transplantation complications. Chest 2006; 129:12741281.
  5. Benden C, Rea F, Behr J, et al. Lung transplantation for lymphangioleiomyomatosis: the European Experience. J Heart Lung Transplant 2009; 28:17.
  6. Vassallo R, Ryu JH, Colby TV, Hartman T, Limper AH. Pulmonary Langerhans’-cell histiocytosis. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:19691978.
  7. Boyle MP. Adult cystic fibrosis. JAMA 2007; 298:17871793.
  8. Thomas CF, Limper AH. Pneumocystis pneumonia. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:24872498.
  9. Silverman EK, Sandhaus RA. Clinical practice. Alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:27492757.
  10. Anderson AE, Furlaneto JA, Foraker AG. Bronchopulmonary derangements in nonsmokers. Am Rev Respir Dis 1970; 101:518527.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Aditya Gupta, MD
Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Bela Patel, MD
Associate Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Khalid Almoosa, MD
Assistant Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Brandy J. McKelvy, MD
Assistant Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Address: Aditya Gupta, MD, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, 6431 Fannin, MSB 1.266, Houston, TX 77030; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
345-347
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Aditya Gupta, MD
Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Bela Patel, MD
Associate Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Khalid Almoosa, MD
Assistant Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Brandy J. McKelvy, MD
Assistant Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Address: Aditya Gupta, MD, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, 6431 Fannin, MSB 1.266, Houston, TX 77030; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Aditya Gupta, MD
Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Bela Patel, MD
Associate Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Khalid Almoosa, MD
Assistant Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Brandy J. McKelvy, MD
Assistant Professor, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX

Address: Aditya Gupta, MD, Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, 6431 Fannin, MSB 1.266, Houston, TX 77030; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Figure 1.
A 26-year-old woman presents with the sudden onset of left chest pain and dyspnea while at rest. She has never smoked. Two months ago, she developed a right-sided pneumothorax, which was treated with a tube thoracostomy. At that time, she received a diagnosis of tuberous sclerosis complex.

Figure 2.
She has no other medical problems, has no history of trauma, and has tested negative for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

Figure 3.
On physical examination, her breath sounds in the left hemithorax are decreased. She also has many nodular lesions on her face (Figure 1), a hypopigmented lesion on her right thigh (Figure 2), and a fleshy plaque on her lower back (Figure 3).

Figure 4. Left-sided pneumothorax (arrow) on chest radiography at presentation.
Figure 5. Computed tomography shows a left-sided pneumothorax (white arrow), a small right-sided pneumothorax (red arrow), and diffuse bilateral thin-walled cysts (blue arrow) in the right lung.
Radiography (Figure 4) and computed tomography (CT) of the chest (Figure 5) reveal a left-sided pneumothorax, a small right-sided pneumothorax, and diffuse, bilateral, thin-walled cysts in the lung.

Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?

  • Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis
  • Cystic fibrosis
  • Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia
  • Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
  • Tuberous sclerosis complex with lymphangioleiomyomatosis

A: The correct diagnosis is tuberous sclerosis complex with lymphangioleiomyomatosis. The lymphangioleiomyomatosis was suggested by the CT findings, by the recurrence of pneumothorax, and, later, by biopsy results. Lymphangioleiomyomatosis occurs in about 30% of women with the tuberous sclerosis complex.1 However, 10% to 15% of women with lymphangioleiomyomatosis do not have tuberous sclerosis complex, 2 in which case the condition is called sporadic lymphangioleiomyomatosis.

Tuberous sclerosis complex can involve the nerves (seizures, brain tumors), the lungs (lymphangioleiomyomatosis, causing pneumothorax or chylothorax), and the skin; skin lesions include facial angiofibromas (Figure 1), ash-leaf spot (Figure 2), and shagreen patch (Figure 3). It is also associated with abdominal involvement (lymphangiomyomas, renal angiomyolipomas).3

Lymphangioleiomyomatosis usually presents as spontaneous pneumothorax in women of childbearing age. After initial stabilization of pneumothorax with simple aspiration or thoracostomy, the patient should undergo ipsilateral chemical or surgical pleurodesis, as the risk of recurrent pneumothorax is greater than 70%.4 Single or bilateral lung transplantation has been accepted as therapy for end-stage pulmonary lymphangioleiomyomatosis, characterized by recurrent pneumothoraces and chylous pleural fluid collections causing respiratory failure (marked dyspnea, hypoxemia, and reductions in forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration and in diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide. Recurrence of lymphangioleiomyomatosis in the allograft lung is rare.5 Hormone therapies such as intramuscular progesterone, oral progestins, or gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists have been used for lymphangioleiomyomatosis (not pneumothorax), but they are no longer recommended.

Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis, cystic fibrosis, Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia, and alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency have all been associated with spontaneous pneumothorax.

Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis can affect multiple systems, including lung, skin, bone, and the pituitary gland. More than 90% of patients have a history of smoking.6 Chest radiography reveals a reticulonodular pattern with involvement of the middle and upper lobes. Later, the nodules tend to cavitate and form contiguous cysts that may mimic lymphangioleiomyomatosis on a high-resolution chest CT.

Cystic fibrosis is most often diagnosed before the age of 3.7 In adults, it can present as sinus and pulmonary disease (chronic cough with sputum production, chronic sinusitis with nasal polyposis, radiographic evidence of bronchiectasis and, less commonly, pneumothorax); as a gastrointestinal tract and nutritional abnormality (pancreatic insufficiency, distal intestinal obstruction, focal biliary cirrhosis); and as male infertility.

Pneumocystis jiroveciipneumonia occurs mainly in patients on chronic immunosuppressive drugs or with immune deficiency due to HIV infection. Typical radiographic features are bilateral perihilar interstitial infiltrates that become increasingly homogeneous and diffuse as the disease progresses. Less common findings include solitary or multiple nodules, upper-lobe infiltrates in patients receiving aerosolized pentamidine (NebuPent), pneumatoceles, and pneumothorax.8

Alpha-1 antitrypsin is an inhibitor of neutrophil elastase. Deficiency is associated with severe, early-onset panacinar emphysema with a basilar predominance, with chronic liver disease including cirrhosis, and less commonly with panniculitis and vasculitis associated with antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody.9 Coalescence of panacinar emphysema leads to the formation of bullae and is important in the development of spontaneous pneumothorax.10

The patient underwent bilateral talc pleurodesis. Lung biopsy at the same time confirmed lymphangioleiomyomatosis. One month later, the right pneumothorax recurred, and she underwent pleurodesis in the right hemithorax with tetracycline. Six months after the second pleurodesis, she was asymptomatic.

Figure 1.
A 26-year-old woman presents with the sudden onset of left chest pain and dyspnea while at rest. She has never smoked. Two months ago, she developed a right-sided pneumothorax, which was treated with a tube thoracostomy. At that time, she received a diagnosis of tuberous sclerosis complex.

Figure 2.
She has no other medical problems, has no history of trauma, and has tested negative for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

Figure 3.
On physical examination, her breath sounds in the left hemithorax are decreased. She also has many nodular lesions on her face (Figure 1), a hypopigmented lesion on her right thigh (Figure 2), and a fleshy plaque on her lower back (Figure 3).

Figure 4. Left-sided pneumothorax (arrow) on chest radiography at presentation.
Figure 5. Computed tomography shows a left-sided pneumothorax (white arrow), a small right-sided pneumothorax (red arrow), and diffuse bilateral thin-walled cysts (blue arrow) in the right lung.
Radiography (Figure 4) and computed tomography (CT) of the chest (Figure 5) reveal a left-sided pneumothorax, a small right-sided pneumothorax, and diffuse, bilateral, thin-walled cysts in the lung.

Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?

  • Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis
  • Cystic fibrosis
  • Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia
  • Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
  • Tuberous sclerosis complex with lymphangioleiomyomatosis

A: The correct diagnosis is tuberous sclerosis complex with lymphangioleiomyomatosis. The lymphangioleiomyomatosis was suggested by the CT findings, by the recurrence of pneumothorax, and, later, by biopsy results. Lymphangioleiomyomatosis occurs in about 30% of women with the tuberous sclerosis complex.1 However, 10% to 15% of women with lymphangioleiomyomatosis do not have tuberous sclerosis complex, 2 in which case the condition is called sporadic lymphangioleiomyomatosis.

Tuberous sclerosis complex can involve the nerves (seizures, brain tumors), the lungs (lymphangioleiomyomatosis, causing pneumothorax or chylothorax), and the skin; skin lesions include facial angiofibromas (Figure 1), ash-leaf spot (Figure 2), and shagreen patch (Figure 3). It is also associated with abdominal involvement (lymphangiomyomas, renal angiomyolipomas).3

Lymphangioleiomyomatosis usually presents as spontaneous pneumothorax in women of childbearing age. After initial stabilization of pneumothorax with simple aspiration or thoracostomy, the patient should undergo ipsilateral chemical or surgical pleurodesis, as the risk of recurrent pneumothorax is greater than 70%.4 Single or bilateral lung transplantation has been accepted as therapy for end-stage pulmonary lymphangioleiomyomatosis, characterized by recurrent pneumothoraces and chylous pleural fluid collections causing respiratory failure (marked dyspnea, hypoxemia, and reductions in forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration and in diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide. Recurrence of lymphangioleiomyomatosis in the allograft lung is rare.5 Hormone therapies such as intramuscular progesterone, oral progestins, or gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists have been used for lymphangioleiomyomatosis (not pneumothorax), but they are no longer recommended.

Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis, cystic fibrosis, Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia, and alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency have all been associated with spontaneous pneumothorax.

Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis can affect multiple systems, including lung, skin, bone, and the pituitary gland. More than 90% of patients have a history of smoking.6 Chest radiography reveals a reticulonodular pattern with involvement of the middle and upper lobes. Later, the nodules tend to cavitate and form contiguous cysts that may mimic lymphangioleiomyomatosis on a high-resolution chest CT.

Cystic fibrosis is most often diagnosed before the age of 3.7 In adults, it can present as sinus and pulmonary disease (chronic cough with sputum production, chronic sinusitis with nasal polyposis, radiographic evidence of bronchiectasis and, less commonly, pneumothorax); as a gastrointestinal tract and nutritional abnormality (pancreatic insufficiency, distal intestinal obstruction, focal biliary cirrhosis); and as male infertility.

Pneumocystis jiroveciipneumonia occurs mainly in patients on chronic immunosuppressive drugs or with immune deficiency due to HIV infection. Typical radiographic features are bilateral perihilar interstitial infiltrates that become increasingly homogeneous and diffuse as the disease progresses. Less common findings include solitary or multiple nodules, upper-lobe infiltrates in patients receiving aerosolized pentamidine (NebuPent), pneumatoceles, and pneumothorax.8

Alpha-1 antitrypsin is an inhibitor of neutrophil elastase. Deficiency is associated with severe, early-onset panacinar emphysema with a basilar predominance, with chronic liver disease including cirrhosis, and less commonly with panniculitis and vasculitis associated with antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody.9 Coalescence of panacinar emphysema leads to the formation of bullae and is important in the development of spontaneous pneumothorax.10

The patient underwent bilateral talc pleurodesis. Lung biopsy at the same time confirmed lymphangioleiomyomatosis. One month later, the right pneumothorax recurred, and she underwent pleurodesis in the right hemithorax with tetracycline. Six months after the second pleurodesis, she was asymptomatic.

References
  1. Costello LC, Hartman TE, Ryu JH. High frequency of pulmonary lymphangioleiomyomatosis in women with tuberous sclerosis complex. Mayo Clin Proc 2000; 75:591594.
  2. Strizheva GD, Carsillo T, Kruger WD, Sullivan EJ, Ryu JH, Henske EP. The spectrum of mutations in TSC1 and TSC2 in women with tuberous sclerosis and lymphangiomyomatosis. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 163:253258.
  3. McCormack FX. Lymphangioleiomyomatosis: a clinical update. Chest 2008; 133:507516.
  4. Almoosa KF, Ryu JH, Mendez J, et al. Management of pneumothorax in lymphangioleiomyomatosis: effects on recurrence and lung transplantation complications. Chest 2006; 129:12741281.
  5. Benden C, Rea F, Behr J, et al. Lung transplantation for lymphangioleiomyomatosis: the European Experience. J Heart Lung Transplant 2009; 28:17.
  6. Vassallo R, Ryu JH, Colby TV, Hartman T, Limper AH. Pulmonary Langerhans’-cell histiocytosis. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:19691978.
  7. Boyle MP. Adult cystic fibrosis. JAMA 2007; 298:17871793.
  8. Thomas CF, Limper AH. Pneumocystis pneumonia. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:24872498.
  9. Silverman EK, Sandhaus RA. Clinical practice. Alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:27492757.
  10. Anderson AE, Furlaneto JA, Foraker AG. Bronchopulmonary derangements in nonsmokers. Am Rev Respir Dis 1970; 101:518527.
References
  1. Costello LC, Hartman TE, Ryu JH. High frequency of pulmonary lymphangioleiomyomatosis in women with tuberous sclerosis complex. Mayo Clin Proc 2000; 75:591594.
  2. Strizheva GD, Carsillo T, Kruger WD, Sullivan EJ, Ryu JH, Henske EP. The spectrum of mutations in TSC1 and TSC2 in women with tuberous sclerosis and lymphangiomyomatosis. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 163:253258.
  3. McCormack FX. Lymphangioleiomyomatosis: a clinical update. Chest 2008; 133:507516.
  4. Almoosa KF, Ryu JH, Mendez J, et al. Management of pneumothorax in lymphangioleiomyomatosis: effects on recurrence and lung transplantation complications. Chest 2006; 129:12741281.
  5. Benden C, Rea F, Behr J, et al. Lung transplantation for lymphangioleiomyomatosis: the European Experience. J Heart Lung Transplant 2009; 28:17.
  6. Vassallo R, Ryu JH, Colby TV, Hartman T, Limper AH. Pulmonary Langerhans’-cell histiocytosis. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:19691978.
  7. Boyle MP. Adult cystic fibrosis. JAMA 2007; 298:17871793.
  8. Thomas CF, Limper AH. Pneumocystis pneumonia. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:24872498.
  9. Silverman EK, Sandhaus RA. Clinical practice. Alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:27492757.
  10. Anderson AE, Furlaneto JA, Foraker AG. Bronchopulmonary derangements in nonsmokers. Am Rev Respir Dis 1970; 101:518527.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Page Number
345-347
Page Number
345-347
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Recurrent spontaneous pneumothorax
Display Headline
Recurrent spontaneous pneumothorax
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

LVH and hypertension: Is treating the pressure not enough?

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
LVH and hypertension: Is treating the pressure not enough?

Over the past decades, aggressive antihypertensive treatment has become ingrained in clinical practice. While the optimal target pressure remains controversial, it is accepted that lowering elevated blood pressure reduces the frequency of adverse cardiovascular and cerebrovascular events and limits the progression of renal disease. The pressure itself seems a reasonable primary target of treatment, and despite a few foibles of measurement (see Rafey, Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76:657–662), it is relatively easily and reliably obtained, making the management of this risk factor a cost-effective intervention.

In patients with “borderline” hypertension or those in whom the duration of blood pressure elevation is hard to ascertain, the finding of end-organ damage has traditionally been used as an argument to institute aggressive antihypertensive therapy. In this setting, retinal hypertensive disease, an S4 gallop, and left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) are often specifically sought.

LVH and otherwise unexplained chronic kidney disease in patients with hypertension have generally been believed to be products of the elevated arterial pressure, and primary treatment has targeted pressure control. Bauml and Underwood, in this issue of the Journal, emphasize some published clinical trial data indicating that LVH may be an independent risk factor for poorer cardiovascular outcome. Even more provocative is the suggestion that LVH can be reversed, as can the associated increased risk of cardiovascular morbidity, independently of the hypertension.

Given our current understanding that LVH, under some conditions, can be induced by products of the renin-angiotensin system, this would suggest that pharmacologic blockade of this enzyme system should have extra benefit, above that seen from other antihypertensive agents. Conceivably, this may be true only in patients with LVH, and the time course of benefit may not directly parallel that seen with the control of hypertension. That theoretically may explain the lack of uniform advantage of angiotensin blockade over other effective antihypertensive approaches.

Since electrocardiography is a specific but not very sensitive test for LVH, the authors suggest that patients with hypertension be routinely screened for LVH using echocardiography. I am not sure the weight of the evidence supports this approach at present, particularly in the current frenzy of cost containment. Nonetheless, this concept warrants consideration, and at the least, large patient databases might be screened retrospectively to further validate or refute the concept that hypertension-associated LVH is an independent, reversible risk factor for cardiovascular morbidity.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
344
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Over the past decades, aggressive antihypertensive treatment has become ingrained in clinical practice. While the optimal target pressure remains controversial, it is accepted that lowering elevated blood pressure reduces the frequency of adverse cardiovascular and cerebrovascular events and limits the progression of renal disease. The pressure itself seems a reasonable primary target of treatment, and despite a few foibles of measurement (see Rafey, Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76:657–662), it is relatively easily and reliably obtained, making the management of this risk factor a cost-effective intervention.

In patients with “borderline” hypertension or those in whom the duration of blood pressure elevation is hard to ascertain, the finding of end-organ damage has traditionally been used as an argument to institute aggressive antihypertensive therapy. In this setting, retinal hypertensive disease, an S4 gallop, and left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) are often specifically sought.

LVH and otherwise unexplained chronic kidney disease in patients with hypertension have generally been believed to be products of the elevated arterial pressure, and primary treatment has targeted pressure control. Bauml and Underwood, in this issue of the Journal, emphasize some published clinical trial data indicating that LVH may be an independent risk factor for poorer cardiovascular outcome. Even more provocative is the suggestion that LVH can be reversed, as can the associated increased risk of cardiovascular morbidity, independently of the hypertension.

Given our current understanding that LVH, under some conditions, can be induced by products of the renin-angiotensin system, this would suggest that pharmacologic blockade of this enzyme system should have extra benefit, above that seen from other antihypertensive agents. Conceivably, this may be true only in patients with LVH, and the time course of benefit may not directly parallel that seen with the control of hypertension. That theoretically may explain the lack of uniform advantage of angiotensin blockade over other effective antihypertensive approaches.

Since electrocardiography is a specific but not very sensitive test for LVH, the authors suggest that patients with hypertension be routinely screened for LVH using echocardiography. I am not sure the weight of the evidence supports this approach at present, particularly in the current frenzy of cost containment. Nonetheless, this concept warrants consideration, and at the least, large patient databases might be screened retrospectively to further validate or refute the concept that hypertension-associated LVH is an independent, reversible risk factor for cardiovascular morbidity.

Over the past decades, aggressive antihypertensive treatment has become ingrained in clinical practice. While the optimal target pressure remains controversial, it is accepted that lowering elevated blood pressure reduces the frequency of adverse cardiovascular and cerebrovascular events and limits the progression of renal disease. The pressure itself seems a reasonable primary target of treatment, and despite a few foibles of measurement (see Rafey, Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76:657–662), it is relatively easily and reliably obtained, making the management of this risk factor a cost-effective intervention.

In patients with “borderline” hypertension or those in whom the duration of blood pressure elevation is hard to ascertain, the finding of end-organ damage has traditionally been used as an argument to institute aggressive antihypertensive therapy. In this setting, retinal hypertensive disease, an S4 gallop, and left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) are often specifically sought.

LVH and otherwise unexplained chronic kidney disease in patients with hypertension have generally been believed to be products of the elevated arterial pressure, and primary treatment has targeted pressure control. Bauml and Underwood, in this issue of the Journal, emphasize some published clinical trial data indicating that LVH may be an independent risk factor for poorer cardiovascular outcome. Even more provocative is the suggestion that LVH can be reversed, as can the associated increased risk of cardiovascular morbidity, independently of the hypertension.

Given our current understanding that LVH, under some conditions, can be induced by products of the renin-angiotensin system, this would suggest that pharmacologic blockade of this enzyme system should have extra benefit, above that seen from other antihypertensive agents. Conceivably, this may be true only in patients with LVH, and the time course of benefit may not directly parallel that seen with the control of hypertension. That theoretically may explain the lack of uniform advantage of angiotensin blockade over other effective antihypertensive approaches.

Since electrocardiography is a specific but not very sensitive test for LVH, the authors suggest that patients with hypertension be routinely screened for LVH using echocardiography. I am not sure the weight of the evidence supports this approach at present, particularly in the current frenzy of cost containment. Nonetheless, this concept warrants consideration, and at the least, large patient databases might be screened retrospectively to further validate or refute the concept that hypertension-associated LVH is an independent, reversible risk factor for cardiovascular morbidity.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Page Number
344
Page Number
344
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
LVH and hypertension: Is treating the pressure not enough?
Display Headline
LVH and hypertension: Is treating the pressure not enough?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Left ventricular hypertrophy: An overlooked cardiovascular risk factor

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Left ventricular hypertrophy: An overlooked cardiovascular risk factor

Left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) strongly predicts cardiovascular morbidity and overall mortality in hypertensive patients. 1–7 Antihypertensive treatment that causes LVH to regress decreases the rates of adverse cardiovascular events and improves survival, independent of how much the blood pressure is lowered.8–11 It is clinically important to recognize that LVH is a modifiable risk factor and that management is more complex than just blood pressure control.

This paper reviews the definition of LVH, compares the diagnostic tests for it, and discusses the current evidence-based approach to managing this dangerous risk factor.

A CHRONICALLY ELEVATED CARDIAC WORKLOAD CAUSES LVH

LVH is an abnormal increase in the mass of the left ventricular myocardium caused by a chronically increased workload on the heart.12 This most commonly results from the heart pumping against an elevated afterload, as in hypertension and aortic stenosis. Another notable cause is increased filling of the left ventricle (ie, diastolic overload), which is the underlying mechanism for LVH in patients with aortic or mitral regurgitation and dilated cardiomyopathy. Coronary artery disease can also play a role in the pathogenesis of LVH, as the normal myocardium attempts to compensate for the ischemic or infarcted tissue.13

Figure 1.
A key component in the development of LVH is myocardial fibrosis (Figure 1), which compromises cardiac function.14 The fibrosis is initially manifested by diastolic dysfunction, although systolic dysfunction also occurs with progressive disease.

The development of myocardial fibrosis appears to be pathophysiologically linked to the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system. Specifically, there is evidence that angiotensin II has a profibrotic effect on the myocardium of hypertensive patients.15 This may explain why angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are among the most potent agents for treating LVH, as we will discuss later in this review.

Figure 2. This electrocardiogram from a 62-year-old woman shows left ventricular hypertrophy by the Cornell voltage criteria, the Cornell product criteria, the Sokolow-Lyon voltage criteria, and the Romhilt-Estes point score system.
Genetics also play an important role in the pathogenesis of LVH. Mutations in genes encoding sarcomeric proteins have a direct causal relationship in patients with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.16 In addition, there appears to be a genetic predisposition that causes some patients with mild hypertension to develop LVH while others do not.17,18

DIAGNOSIS BY ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY, ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY, OR MRI

Figure 3. An echocardiogram performed in a 68-year-old man being evaluated for uncontrolled hypertension and symptoms of congestive heart failure. Left ventricular hypertrophy is diagnosed by an elevated left ventricular mass index, which is calculated from the intraventricular septal thickness (IVSd), posterior wall thickness (PWTd), and left ventricular end-diastolic internal diameter (LVIDd).
LVH can be detected by electrocardiography (Figure 2), echocardiography (Figure 3), or cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) (Figure 4). Each has unique advantages and disadvantages.

Figure 4. This magnetic resonance image, which also demonstrates concentric left ventricular hypertrophy, was performed in the same 68-year-old man due to suspicion of an infiltrative myocardial disorder.
Electrocardiography is the cheapest and most readily available of the three tests for LVH. While its specificity is acceptably high, its clinical utility is limited by its very low sensitivity.19,20

Many different criteria for electrocardiographic LVH have been proposed over the years. Most use the voltage in one or more leads, with or without additional factors such as QRS duration, secondary ST-T wave abnormalities, or left atrial abnormalities. The most well known electrocardiographic criteria are the Cornell voltage,21 the Cornell product,22 the Sokolow-Lyon index,23 and the Romhilt-Estes point score system (Table 1).24

A systematic review of 21 studies,19 published in 2007, found that all the criteria were less sensitive than specific:

  • Cornell voltage—median sensitivity 15%, median specificity 96%
  • Cornell product—median sensitivity 19.5%, median specificity 91%
  • Sokolow-Lyon voltage—median sensitivity 21%, median specificity 89%
  • Romhilt-Estes point score—median sensitivity 17%, median specificity 95%.

Of note, the ranges of the published values were extremely broad. For example, the ranges in sensitivity were:

  • Cornell voltage—2% to 41%
  • Cornell product—8% to 32%
  • Sokolow-Lyon voltage—4% to 51%
  • Romhilt-Estes point score—0% to 41%.

While the studies with the extreme values may have had issues of small sample size or poor study quality, the wide range in values may primarily be the result of diverse study populations as well as different validation methods and cutoff values to define LVH. Regardless, the overall message of high specificity and low sensitivity is indisputable.

Electrocardiography is insensitive for diagnosing LVH because it relies on measuring the electrical activity of the heart by electrodes on the surface of the skin to predict the left ventricular mass. The intracardiac electrical activity is problematic to measure externally because the measurements are affected by everything between the myocardium and the electrodes, most notably fat, fluid, and air. Because of this effect, electrocardiography underdiagnoses LVH in patients with obesity, pleural effusions, pericardial effusions, anasarca, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. In addition, the diagnosis of LVH by electrocardiography is strongly influenced by age and ethnicity.25–26

While electrocardiography is not sensitive and cannot be used to rule out LVH, it still has a role in its diagnosis and management. In the landmark Losartan Intervention for Endpoint Reduction in Hypertension (LIFE) study, regression of LVH (diagnosed electrocardiographically by the Sokolow-Lyon index or the Cornell product criteria) in response to losartan (Cozaar) improved cardiovascular outcomes independent of blood pressure.10 Based on this, it is reasonable that all hypertensive patients and other patients at risk of LVH who undergo electrocardiography be screened with these two criteria.

 

 

Echocardiography is the test of choice

Echocardiography, if available, should be the test of choice to assess for LVH. It is much more sensitive than electrocardiography and can also detect other abnormalities such as left ventricular dysfunction and valvular disease.

This test uses transthoracic or transesophageal ultrasonography to measure the left ventricular end-diastolic diameter, posterior wall thickness, and interventricular septum thickness. From these measurements and the patient’s height and weight, the left ventricular mass index can be calculated.27

Several different cutoff values for the left ventricular mass index have been proposed; the LIFE study used values of > 104 g/m2 in women and > 116 g/m2 in men to define LVH.

When using echocardiography to assess for LVH, it is imperative that the left ventricular mass index be used and not just the left ventricular wall thickness, as often happens in clinical practice. This is necessary because diagnosis by wall thickness alone is not a good indicator of LVH, with a concordance between wall thickness and a left ventricular mass index of only 60%.28 In addition, wall thickness tends to underestimate LVH in women and overestimate it in men.

Is echocardiography cost-effective?

Despite its clear advantages, an important consideration about echocardiography as a screening test for all hypertensive patients is its cost.

A suggested way to reduce cost is to measure the left ventricular mass index only.29 A limited echocardiographic examination is much less expensive than a complete two-dimensional echocardiogram ($255 vs $431 per the 2009 Medicare Ambulatory Payment Classification30) and should be the examination performed if the patient has no other clinical indication for echocardiography.

Another way to control cost is to stratify patients by risk and to do echocardiography only in those who would benefit most from it. Based on the prevalence of LVH, one study concluded that echocardiography is most cost-effective in men 50 years or older.31

Further study is necessary to more precisely define the cost-effectiveness of echocardiographic screening for LVH in terms of potentially preventable cardiovascular morbidity and death.

Cardiac MRI: The costly gold standard

Cardiac MRI is the gold standard test for LVH, as it is even more accurate and reproducible than echocardiography.32 It can precisely estimate a patient's left ventricular mass and assess for other structural cardiac abnormalities.

MRI’s use, however, is severely restricted in clinical practice due to its high cost and limited availability. While it may never be used for general screening for LVH, it certainly has a role in clinical research and for assessing cardiac anatomy in special clinical situations.

TREATMENT SHOULD INCLUDE AN ACE INHIBITOR OR ARB

Once LVH has been diagnosed, the next step is to decide on an appropriate treatment plan.

While the choice of therapy will always depend on other comorbidities, a 2003 metaanalysis of antihypertensive medications in the treatment of LVH (controlling for the degree of blood pressure lowering) showed that ARBs were the most efficacious class of agents for reducing the left ventricular mass.33 Specifically, ARBs decreased the mass by 13%, followed by calcium-channel blockers at 11%, ACE inhibitors at 10%, diuretics at 8%, and beta-blockers at 6%. In pairwise comparison, ARBs, calcium-channel blockers, and ACE inhibitors were all significantly more effective in reducing the left ventricular mass than beta-blockers.

As previously discussed, LVH appears to be pathophysiologically linked to myocardial fibrosis and the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system. For this reason and based on the data presented above regarding the degree of LVH regression, ACE inhibitors or ARBs should be used as the first-line agents for LVH unless they are contraindicated in the individual patient.

The LIFE study

The LIFE study offers the strongest evidence that treating LVH is beneficial. It showed that in hypertensive patients with electrocardiographic LVH by the Cornell product or Sokolow-Lyon criteria, treatment with antihypertensive drugs that resulted in less-severe LVH on electrocardiography was associated with lower rates of cardiovascular morbidity and death, independent of the blood pressure achieved or the drug used.10

The end point in this study was a composite of stroke, myocardial infarction, and cardiovascular death. Regression of electrocardiographic LVH in hypertensive patients has also been shown to decrease the incidence of diabetes mellitus,34 atrial fibrillation,35 and hospitalizations for heart failure.36

The LIFE study also examined the prognostic implications of treating LVH detected by echocardiography. In this prospective cohort substudy, patients who had a lower left ventricular mass index during treatment with antihypertensive drugs had lower rates of cardiovascular morbidity and all-cause mortality, independent of the effects of blood pressure and treatment used.11

These results suggest that there may be a role not only for treating LVH, but also for monitoring for a reduction in the left ventricular mass index as a goal of therapy (similar to the way hemoglobin A1c is used in diabetic patients). If the index is used in this way, one could potentially adjust the dose of current drugs, switch classes, or add an additional drug based on a persistently elevated left ventricular mass index in order to optimize the patient's overall cardiovascular risk. A randomized controlled trial of therapy directed by the mass index vs conventional therapy of LVH would be necessary to assess the clinical utility of this approach.

RECOMMENDATIONS

LVH is a common and potentially modifiable cardiovascular risk factor often overlooked in clinical practice. Ideally, all hypertensive patients should be screened with echocardiography to look for LVH, using the calculated left ventricular mass index rather than wall thickness alone to make the diagnosis. While electrocardiography is specific and also has prognostic implications, it is not sensitive enough to be used alone to screen for LVH.

Once the diagnosis of LVH is made, the initial therapy should be an ARB or an ACE inhibitor. Response to therapy can be assessed by monitoring for a reduction in left ventricular mass index or regression of electrocardiographic LVH.

Treatment-induced regression of LVH decreases adverse cardiovascular events and improves overall survival. When modifying medications in hypertensive patients, it is important to remember that the treatment of LVH is not synonymous with blood pressure control.

References
  1. Casale PN, Devereux RB, Milner M, et al. Value of echocardiographic measurement of left ventricular mass in predicting cardiovascular morbid events in hypertensive men. Ann Intern Med 1986; 105:173178.
  2. Levy D, Garrison RJ, Savage DD, Kannel WB, Castelli WP. Prognostic implications of echocardiographically determined left ventricular mass in the Framingham Heart Study. N Engl J Med 1990; 322:15611566.
  3. Koren MJ, Devereux RB, Casale PN, Savage DD, Laragh JH. Relation of left ventricular mass and geometry to morbidity and mortality in uncomplicated essential hypertension. Ann Intern Med 1991; 114:345352.
  4. Verdecchia P, Carini G, Circo A, et al; MAVI (MAssa Ventricolare sinistra nell’Ipertensione) Study Group. Left ventricular mass and cardiovascular morbidity in essential hypertension: the MAVI study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2001; 38:18291835.
  5. Haider AW, Larson MG, Benjamin EJ, Levy D. Increased left ventricular mass and hypertrophy are associated with increased risk for sudden death. J Am Coll Cardiol 1998; 32:14541459.
  6. Verdecchia P, Porcellati C, Reboldi G, et al. Left ventricular hypertrophy as an independent predictor of acute cerebrovascular events in essential hypertension. Circulation 2001; 104:20392044.
  7. Schillaci G, Verdecchia P, Porcellati C, Cuccurullo O, Cosco C, Perticone F. Continuous relation between left ventricular mass and cardiovascular risk in essential hypertension. Hypertension 2000; 35:580586.
  8. Verdecchia P, Schillaci G, Borgioni C, et al. Prognostic significance of serial changes in left ventricular mass in essential hypertension. Circulation 1998; 97:4854.
  9. Mathew J, Sleight P, Lonn E, et al; Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation (HOPE) Investigators. Reduction of cardiovascular risk by regression of electrocardiographic markers of left ventricular hypertrophy by the angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor ramipril. Circulation 2001; 104:16151621.
  10. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Jern S, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy during antihypertensive treatment and the prediction of major cardiovascular events. JAMA 2004; 292:23432349.
  11. Devereux RB, Wachtell K, Gerdts E, et al. Prognostic significance of left ventricular mass change during treatment of hypertension. JAMA 2004; 292:23502356.
  12. Lorell BH, Carabello BA. Left ventricular hypertrophy: pathogenesis, detection, and prognosis. Circulation 2000; 102:470479.
  13. Zabalgoitia M, Berning J, Koren MJ, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Impact of coronary artery disease on left ventricular systolic function and geometry in hypertensive patients with left ventricular hypertrophy (the LIFE study). Am J Cardiol 2001; 88:646650.
  14. Weber KT, Janicki JS, Pick R, Capasso J, Anversa P. Myocardial fibrosis and pathologic hypertrophy in the rat with renovascular hypertension. Am J Cardiol 1990; 65:1G7G.
  15. González A, López B, Querejeta R, Díez J. Regulation of myocardial fibrillar collagen by angiotensin II. A role in hypertensive heart disease? J Mol Cell Cardiol 2002; 34:15851593.
  16. Maron BJ. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy: a systematic review. JAMA 2002; 287:13081320.
  17. Liebson PR, Grandits G, Prineas R, et al. Echocardiographic correlates of left ventricular structure among 844 mildly hypertensive men and women in the Treatment of Mild Hypertension Study (TOMHS). Circulation 1993; 87:476486.
  18. Martinez MA, Sancho T, Armada E, et al; Vascular Risk Working Group Grupo Monitorizacíon Ambulatoria de la Presión Arterial (MAPA)-Madrid. Prevalence of left ventricular hypertrophy in patients with mild hypertension in primary care: impact of echocardiography on cardiovascular risk stratification. Am J Hypertens 2003; 16:556563.
  19. Pewsner D, Jüni P, Egger M, Battaglia M, Sundström J, Bachmann LM. Accuracy of electrocardiography in diagnosis of left ventricular hypertrophy in arterial hypertension: systematic review. BMJ 2007; 335:711.
  20. Devereux RB. Is the electrocardiogram still useful for detection of left ventricular hypertrophy? Circulation 1990; 81:11441146.
  21. Casale PN, Devereux RB, Kligfield P, et al. Electrocardiographic detection of left ventricular hypertrophy: development and prospective validation of improved criteria. J Am Coll Cardiol 1985; 6:572580.
  22. Molloy TJ, Okin PM, Devereux RB, Kligfield P. Electrocardiographic detection of left ventricular hypertrophy by the simple QRS voltage-duration product. J Am Coll Cardiol 1992; 20:11801186.
  23. Sokolow M, Lyon TP. The ventricular complex in left ventricular hypertrophy as obtained by unipolar precordial and limb leads. Am Heart J 1949; 37:161186.
  24. Romhilt DW, Estes EH. A point-score system for the ECG diagnosis of left ventricular hypertrophy. Am Heart J 1968; 75:752758.
  25. Levy D, Labib SB, Anderson KM, Christiansen JC, Kannel WB, Castelli WP. Determinants of sensitivity and specificity of electrocardiographic criteria for left ventricular hypertrophy. Circulation 1990; 81:815820.
  26. Okin PM, Wright JT, Nieminen MS, et al. Ethnic differences in electrocardiographic criteria for left ventricular hypertrophy: the LIFE study. Losartan Intervention For Endpoint. Am J Hypertens 2002; 15:663671.
  27. Devereux RB, Alonso DR, Lutas EM, et al. Echocardiographic assessment of left ventricular hypertrophy: comparison to necropsy findings. Am J Cardiol 1986; 57:450458.
  28. Leibowitz D, Planer D, Ben-Ibgi F, Rott D, Weiss AT, Bursztyn M. Measurement of wall thickness alone does not accurately assess the presence of left ventricular hypertrophy. Clin Exp Hypertens 2007; 29:119125.
  29. Black HR, Weltin G, Jaffe CC. The limited echocardiogram: a modification of standard echocardiography for use in the routine evaluation of patients with systemic hypertension. Am J Cardiol 1991; 67:10271030.
  30. American Society of Echocardiography Coding and Reimbursement Newsletter, January 2009. http://www.asecho.org/files/public/CodingnewsJan09.pdf. Accessed May 13, 2010.
  31. Cuspidi C, Meani S, Valerio C, Fusi V, Sala C, Zanchetti A. Left ventricular hypertrophy and cardiovascular risk stratification: impact and cost-effectiveness of echocardiography in recently diagnosed essential hypertensives. J Hypertens 2006; 24:16711677.
  32. Bottini PB, Carr AA, Prisant LM, Flickinger FW, Allison JD, Gottdiener JS. Magnetic resonance imaging compared to echocardiography to assess left ventricular mass in the hypertensive patient. Am J Hypertens 1995; 8:221228.
  33. Klingbeil AU, Schneider M, Martus P, Messerli FH, Schmieder RE. A meta-analysis of the effects of treatment on left ventricular mass in essential hypertension. Am J Med 2003; 115:4146.
  34. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Harris KE, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. In-treatment resolution or absence of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy is associated with decreased incidence of new-onset diabetes mellitus in hypertensive patients: the Losartan Intervention for Endpoint Reduction in Hypertension (LIFE) Study. Hypertension 2007; 50:984990.
  35. Okin PM, Wachtell K, Devereux RB, et al. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy and decreased incidence of new-onset atrial fibrillation in patients with hypertension. JAMA 2006; 296:12421248.
  36. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Harris KE, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy is associated with less hospitalization for heart failure in hypertensive patients. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:311319.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Michael A. Bauml, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Donald A. Underwood, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Michael A. Bauml, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, NA10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH, 44195; email: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
381-387
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Michael A. Bauml, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Donald A. Underwood, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Michael A. Bauml, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, NA10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH, 44195; email: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Michael A. Bauml, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Donald A. Underwood, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Michael A. Bauml, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, NA10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH, 44195; email: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) strongly predicts cardiovascular morbidity and overall mortality in hypertensive patients. 1–7 Antihypertensive treatment that causes LVH to regress decreases the rates of adverse cardiovascular events and improves survival, independent of how much the blood pressure is lowered.8–11 It is clinically important to recognize that LVH is a modifiable risk factor and that management is more complex than just blood pressure control.

This paper reviews the definition of LVH, compares the diagnostic tests for it, and discusses the current evidence-based approach to managing this dangerous risk factor.

A CHRONICALLY ELEVATED CARDIAC WORKLOAD CAUSES LVH

LVH is an abnormal increase in the mass of the left ventricular myocardium caused by a chronically increased workload on the heart.12 This most commonly results from the heart pumping against an elevated afterload, as in hypertension and aortic stenosis. Another notable cause is increased filling of the left ventricle (ie, diastolic overload), which is the underlying mechanism for LVH in patients with aortic or mitral regurgitation and dilated cardiomyopathy. Coronary artery disease can also play a role in the pathogenesis of LVH, as the normal myocardium attempts to compensate for the ischemic or infarcted tissue.13

Figure 1.
A key component in the development of LVH is myocardial fibrosis (Figure 1), which compromises cardiac function.14 The fibrosis is initially manifested by diastolic dysfunction, although systolic dysfunction also occurs with progressive disease.

The development of myocardial fibrosis appears to be pathophysiologically linked to the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system. Specifically, there is evidence that angiotensin II has a profibrotic effect on the myocardium of hypertensive patients.15 This may explain why angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are among the most potent agents for treating LVH, as we will discuss later in this review.

Figure 2. This electrocardiogram from a 62-year-old woman shows left ventricular hypertrophy by the Cornell voltage criteria, the Cornell product criteria, the Sokolow-Lyon voltage criteria, and the Romhilt-Estes point score system.
Genetics also play an important role in the pathogenesis of LVH. Mutations in genes encoding sarcomeric proteins have a direct causal relationship in patients with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.16 In addition, there appears to be a genetic predisposition that causes some patients with mild hypertension to develop LVH while others do not.17,18

DIAGNOSIS BY ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY, ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY, OR MRI

Figure 3. An echocardiogram performed in a 68-year-old man being evaluated for uncontrolled hypertension and symptoms of congestive heart failure. Left ventricular hypertrophy is diagnosed by an elevated left ventricular mass index, which is calculated from the intraventricular septal thickness (IVSd), posterior wall thickness (PWTd), and left ventricular end-diastolic internal diameter (LVIDd).
LVH can be detected by electrocardiography (Figure 2), echocardiography (Figure 3), or cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) (Figure 4). Each has unique advantages and disadvantages.

Figure 4. This magnetic resonance image, which also demonstrates concentric left ventricular hypertrophy, was performed in the same 68-year-old man due to suspicion of an infiltrative myocardial disorder.
Electrocardiography is the cheapest and most readily available of the three tests for LVH. While its specificity is acceptably high, its clinical utility is limited by its very low sensitivity.19,20

Many different criteria for electrocardiographic LVH have been proposed over the years. Most use the voltage in one or more leads, with or without additional factors such as QRS duration, secondary ST-T wave abnormalities, or left atrial abnormalities. The most well known electrocardiographic criteria are the Cornell voltage,21 the Cornell product,22 the Sokolow-Lyon index,23 and the Romhilt-Estes point score system (Table 1).24

A systematic review of 21 studies,19 published in 2007, found that all the criteria were less sensitive than specific:

  • Cornell voltage—median sensitivity 15%, median specificity 96%
  • Cornell product—median sensitivity 19.5%, median specificity 91%
  • Sokolow-Lyon voltage—median sensitivity 21%, median specificity 89%
  • Romhilt-Estes point score—median sensitivity 17%, median specificity 95%.

Of note, the ranges of the published values were extremely broad. For example, the ranges in sensitivity were:

  • Cornell voltage—2% to 41%
  • Cornell product—8% to 32%
  • Sokolow-Lyon voltage—4% to 51%
  • Romhilt-Estes point score—0% to 41%.

While the studies with the extreme values may have had issues of small sample size or poor study quality, the wide range in values may primarily be the result of diverse study populations as well as different validation methods and cutoff values to define LVH. Regardless, the overall message of high specificity and low sensitivity is indisputable.

Electrocardiography is insensitive for diagnosing LVH because it relies on measuring the electrical activity of the heart by electrodes on the surface of the skin to predict the left ventricular mass. The intracardiac electrical activity is problematic to measure externally because the measurements are affected by everything between the myocardium and the electrodes, most notably fat, fluid, and air. Because of this effect, electrocardiography underdiagnoses LVH in patients with obesity, pleural effusions, pericardial effusions, anasarca, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. In addition, the diagnosis of LVH by electrocardiography is strongly influenced by age and ethnicity.25–26

While electrocardiography is not sensitive and cannot be used to rule out LVH, it still has a role in its diagnosis and management. In the landmark Losartan Intervention for Endpoint Reduction in Hypertension (LIFE) study, regression of LVH (diagnosed electrocardiographically by the Sokolow-Lyon index or the Cornell product criteria) in response to losartan (Cozaar) improved cardiovascular outcomes independent of blood pressure.10 Based on this, it is reasonable that all hypertensive patients and other patients at risk of LVH who undergo electrocardiography be screened with these two criteria.

 

 

Echocardiography is the test of choice

Echocardiography, if available, should be the test of choice to assess for LVH. It is much more sensitive than electrocardiography and can also detect other abnormalities such as left ventricular dysfunction and valvular disease.

This test uses transthoracic or transesophageal ultrasonography to measure the left ventricular end-diastolic diameter, posterior wall thickness, and interventricular septum thickness. From these measurements and the patient’s height and weight, the left ventricular mass index can be calculated.27

Several different cutoff values for the left ventricular mass index have been proposed; the LIFE study used values of > 104 g/m2 in women and > 116 g/m2 in men to define LVH.

When using echocardiography to assess for LVH, it is imperative that the left ventricular mass index be used and not just the left ventricular wall thickness, as often happens in clinical practice. This is necessary because diagnosis by wall thickness alone is not a good indicator of LVH, with a concordance between wall thickness and a left ventricular mass index of only 60%.28 In addition, wall thickness tends to underestimate LVH in women and overestimate it in men.

Is echocardiography cost-effective?

Despite its clear advantages, an important consideration about echocardiography as a screening test for all hypertensive patients is its cost.

A suggested way to reduce cost is to measure the left ventricular mass index only.29 A limited echocardiographic examination is much less expensive than a complete two-dimensional echocardiogram ($255 vs $431 per the 2009 Medicare Ambulatory Payment Classification30) and should be the examination performed if the patient has no other clinical indication for echocardiography.

Another way to control cost is to stratify patients by risk and to do echocardiography only in those who would benefit most from it. Based on the prevalence of LVH, one study concluded that echocardiography is most cost-effective in men 50 years or older.31

Further study is necessary to more precisely define the cost-effectiveness of echocardiographic screening for LVH in terms of potentially preventable cardiovascular morbidity and death.

Cardiac MRI: The costly gold standard

Cardiac MRI is the gold standard test for LVH, as it is even more accurate and reproducible than echocardiography.32 It can precisely estimate a patient's left ventricular mass and assess for other structural cardiac abnormalities.

MRI’s use, however, is severely restricted in clinical practice due to its high cost and limited availability. While it may never be used for general screening for LVH, it certainly has a role in clinical research and for assessing cardiac anatomy in special clinical situations.

TREATMENT SHOULD INCLUDE AN ACE INHIBITOR OR ARB

Once LVH has been diagnosed, the next step is to decide on an appropriate treatment plan.

While the choice of therapy will always depend on other comorbidities, a 2003 metaanalysis of antihypertensive medications in the treatment of LVH (controlling for the degree of blood pressure lowering) showed that ARBs were the most efficacious class of agents for reducing the left ventricular mass.33 Specifically, ARBs decreased the mass by 13%, followed by calcium-channel blockers at 11%, ACE inhibitors at 10%, diuretics at 8%, and beta-blockers at 6%. In pairwise comparison, ARBs, calcium-channel blockers, and ACE inhibitors were all significantly more effective in reducing the left ventricular mass than beta-blockers.

As previously discussed, LVH appears to be pathophysiologically linked to myocardial fibrosis and the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system. For this reason and based on the data presented above regarding the degree of LVH regression, ACE inhibitors or ARBs should be used as the first-line agents for LVH unless they are contraindicated in the individual patient.

The LIFE study

The LIFE study offers the strongest evidence that treating LVH is beneficial. It showed that in hypertensive patients with electrocardiographic LVH by the Cornell product or Sokolow-Lyon criteria, treatment with antihypertensive drugs that resulted in less-severe LVH on electrocardiography was associated with lower rates of cardiovascular morbidity and death, independent of the blood pressure achieved or the drug used.10

The end point in this study was a composite of stroke, myocardial infarction, and cardiovascular death. Regression of electrocardiographic LVH in hypertensive patients has also been shown to decrease the incidence of diabetes mellitus,34 atrial fibrillation,35 and hospitalizations for heart failure.36

The LIFE study also examined the prognostic implications of treating LVH detected by echocardiography. In this prospective cohort substudy, patients who had a lower left ventricular mass index during treatment with antihypertensive drugs had lower rates of cardiovascular morbidity and all-cause mortality, independent of the effects of blood pressure and treatment used.11

These results suggest that there may be a role not only for treating LVH, but also for monitoring for a reduction in the left ventricular mass index as a goal of therapy (similar to the way hemoglobin A1c is used in diabetic patients). If the index is used in this way, one could potentially adjust the dose of current drugs, switch classes, or add an additional drug based on a persistently elevated left ventricular mass index in order to optimize the patient's overall cardiovascular risk. A randomized controlled trial of therapy directed by the mass index vs conventional therapy of LVH would be necessary to assess the clinical utility of this approach.

RECOMMENDATIONS

LVH is a common and potentially modifiable cardiovascular risk factor often overlooked in clinical practice. Ideally, all hypertensive patients should be screened with echocardiography to look for LVH, using the calculated left ventricular mass index rather than wall thickness alone to make the diagnosis. While electrocardiography is specific and also has prognostic implications, it is not sensitive enough to be used alone to screen for LVH.

Once the diagnosis of LVH is made, the initial therapy should be an ARB or an ACE inhibitor. Response to therapy can be assessed by monitoring for a reduction in left ventricular mass index or regression of electrocardiographic LVH.

Treatment-induced regression of LVH decreases adverse cardiovascular events and improves overall survival. When modifying medications in hypertensive patients, it is important to remember that the treatment of LVH is not synonymous with blood pressure control.

Left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) strongly predicts cardiovascular morbidity and overall mortality in hypertensive patients. 1–7 Antihypertensive treatment that causes LVH to regress decreases the rates of adverse cardiovascular events and improves survival, independent of how much the blood pressure is lowered.8–11 It is clinically important to recognize that LVH is a modifiable risk factor and that management is more complex than just blood pressure control.

This paper reviews the definition of LVH, compares the diagnostic tests for it, and discusses the current evidence-based approach to managing this dangerous risk factor.

A CHRONICALLY ELEVATED CARDIAC WORKLOAD CAUSES LVH

LVH is an abnormal increase in the mass of the left ventricular myocardium caused by a chronically increased workload on the heart.12 This most commonly results from the heart pumping against an elevated afterload, as in hypertension and aortic stenosis. Another notable cause is increased filling of the left ventricle (ie, diastolic overload), which is the underlying mechanism for LVH in patients with aortic or mitral regurgitation and dilated cardiomyopathy. Coronary artery disease can also play a role in the pathogenesis of LVH, as the normal myocardium attempts to compensate for the ischemic or infarcted tissue.13

Figure 1.
A key component in the development of LVH is myocardial fibrosis (Figure 1), which compromises cardiac function.14 The fibrosis is initially manifested by diastolic dysfunction, although systolic dysfunction also occurs with progressive disease.

The development of myocardial fibrosis appears to be pathophysiologically linked to the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system. Specifically, there is evidence that angiotensin II has a profibrotic effect on the myocardium of hypertensive patients.15 This may explain why angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are among the most potent agents for treating LVH, as we will discuss later in this review.

Figure 2. This electrocardiogram from a 62-year-old woman shows left ventricular hypertrophy by the Cornell voltage criteria, the Cornell product criteria, the Sokolow-Lyon voltage criteria, and the Romhilt-Estes point score system.
Genetics also play an important role in the pathogenesis of LVH. Mutations in genes encoding sarcomeric proteins have a direct causal relationship in patients with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.16 In addition, there appears to be a genetic predisposition that causes some patients with mild hypertension to develop LVH while others do not.17,18

DIAGNOSIS BY ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY, ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY, OR MRI

Figure 3. An echocardiogram performed in a 68-year-old man being evaluated for uncontrolled hypertension and symptoms of congestive heart failure. Left ventricular hypertrophy is diagnosed by an elevated left ventricular mass index, which is calculated from the intraventricular septal thickness (IVSd), posterior wall thickness (PWTd), and left ventricular end-diastolic internal diameter (LVIDd).
LVH can be detected by electrocardiography (Figure 2), echocardiography (Figure 3), or cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) (Figure 4). Each has unique advantages and disadvantages.

Figure 4. This magnetic resonance image, which also demonstrates concentric left ventricular hypertrophy, was performed in the same 68-year-old man due to suspicion of an infiltrative myocardial disorder.
Electrocardiography is the cheapest and most readily available of the three tests for LVH. While its specificity is acceptably high, its clinical utility is limited by its very low sensitivity.19,20

Many different criteria for electrocardiographic LVH have been proposed over the years. Most use the voltage in one or more leads, with or without additional factors such as QRS duration, secondary ST-T wave abnormalities, or left atrial abnormalities. The most well known electrocardiographic criteria are the Cornell voltage,21 the Cornell product,22 the Sokolow-Lyon index,23 and the Romhilt-Estes point score system (Table 1).24

A systematic review of 21 studies,19 published in 2007, found that all the criteria were less sensitive than specific:

  • Cornell voltage—median sensitivity 15%, median specificity 96%
  • Cornell product—median sensitivity 19.5%, median specificity 91%
  • Sokolow-Lyon voltage—median sensitivity 21%, median specificity 89%
  • Romhilt-Estes point score—median sensitivity 17%, median specificity 95%.

Of note, the ranges of the published values were extremely broad. For example, the ranges in sensitivity were:

  • Cornell voltage—2% to 41%
  • Cornell product—8% to 32%
  • Sokolow-Lyon voltage—4% to 51%
  • Romhilt-Estes point score—0% to 41%.

While the studies with the extreme values may have had issues of small sample size or poor study quality, the wide range in values may primarily be the result of diverse study populations as well as different validation methods and cutoff values to define LVH. Regardless, the overall message of high specificity and low sensitivity is indisputable.

Electrocardiography is insensitive for diagnosing LVH because it relies on measuring the electrical activity of the heart by electrodes on the surface of the skin to predict the left ventricular mass. The intracardiac electrical activity is problematic to measure externally because the measurements are affected by everything between the myocardium and the electrodes, most notably fat, fluid, and air. Because of this effect, electrocardiography underdiagnoses LVH in patients with obesity, pleural effusions, pericardial effusions, anasarca, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. In addition, the diagnosis of LVH by electrocardiography is strongly influenced by age and ethnicity.25–26

While electrocardiography is not sensitive and cannot be used to rule out LVH, it still has a role in its diagnosis and management. In the landmark Losartan Intervention for Endpoint Reduction in Hypertension (LIFE) study, regression of LVH (diagnosed electrocardiographically by the Sokolow-Lyon index or the Cornell product criteria) in response to losartan (Cozaar) improved cardiovascular outcomes independent of blood pressure.10 Based on this, it is reasonable that all hypertensive patients and other patients at risk of LVH who undergo electrocardiography be screened with these two criteria.

 

 

Echocardiography is the test of choice

Echocardiography, if available, should be the test of choice to assess for LVH. It is much more sensitive than electrocardiography and can also detect other abnormalities such as left ventricular dysfunction and valvular disease.

This test uses transthoracic or transesophageal ultrasonography to measure the left ventricular end-diastolic diameter, posterior wall thickness, and interventricular septum thickness. From these measurements and the patient’s height and weight, the left ventricular mass index can be calculated.27

Several different cutoff values for the left ventricular mass index have been proposed; the LIFE study used values of > 104 g/m2 in women and > 116 g/m2 in men to define LVH.

When using echocardiography to assess for LVH, it is imperative that the left ventricular mass index be used and not just the left ventricular wall thickness, as often happens in clinical practice. This is necessary because diagnosis by wall thickness alone is not a good indicator of LVH, with a concordance between wall thickness and a left ventricular mass index of only 60%.28 In addition, wall thickness tends to underestimate LVH in women and overestimate it in men.

Is echocardiography cost-effective?

Despite its clear advantages, an important consideration about echocardiography as a screening test for all hypertensive patients is its cost.

A suggested way to reduce cost is to measure the left ventricular mass index only.29 A limited echocardiographic examination is much less expensive than a complete two-dimensional echocardiogram ($255 vs $431 per the 2009 Medicare Ambulatory Payment Classification30) and should be the examination performed if the patient has no other clinical indication for echocardiography.

Another way to control cost is to stratify patients by risk and to do echocardiography only in those who would benefit most from it. Based on the prevalence of LVH, one study concluded that echocardiography is most cost-effective in men 50 years or older.31

Further study is necessary to more precisely define the cost-effectiveness of echocardiographic screening for LVH in terms of potentially preventable cardiovascular morbidity and death.

Cardiac MRI: The costly gold standard

Cardiac MRI is the gold standard test for LVH, as it is even more accurate and reproducible than echocardiography.32 It can precisely estimate a patient's left ventricular mass and assess for other structural cardiac abnormalities.

MRI’s use, however, is severely restricted in clinical practice due to its high cost and limited availability. While it may never be used for general screening for LVH, it certainly has a role in clinical research and for assessing cardiac anatomy in special clinical situations.

TREATMENT SHOULD INCLUDE AN ACE INHIBITOR OR ARB

Once LVH has been diagnosed, the next step is to decide on an appropriate treatment plan.

While the choice of therapy will always depend on other comorbidities, a 2003 metaanalysis of antihypertensive medications in the treatment of LVH (controlling for the degree of blood pressure lowering) showed that ARBs were the most efficacious class of agents for reducing the left ventricular mass.33 Specifically, ARBs decreased the mass by 13%, followed by calcium-channel blockers at 11%, ACE inhibitors at 10%, diuretics at 8%, and beta-blockers at 6%. In pairwise comparison, ARBs, calcium-channel blockers, and ACE inhibitors were all significantly more effective in reducing the left ventricular mass than beta-blockers.

As previously discussed, LVH appears to be pathophysiologically linked to myocardial fibrosis and the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system. For this reason and based on the data presented above regarding the degree of LVH regression, ACE inhibitors or ARBs should be used as the first-line agents for LVH unless they are contraindicated in the individual patient.

The LIFE study

The LIFE study offers the strongest evidence that treating LVH is beneficial. It showed that in hypertensive patients with electrocardiographic LVH by the Cornell product or Sokolow-Lyon criteria, treatment with antihypertensive drugs that resulted in less-severe LVH on electrocardiography was associated with lower rates of cardiovascular morbidity and death, independent of the blood pressure achieved or the drug used.10

The end point in this study was a composite of stroke, myocardial infarction, and cardiovascular death. Regression of electrocardiographic LVH in hypertensive patients has also been shown to decrease the incidence of diabetes mellitus,34 atrial fibrillation,35 and hospitalizations for heart failure.36

The LIFE study also examined the prognostic implications of treating LVH detected by echocardiography. In this prospective cohort substudy, patients who had a lower left ventricular mass index during treatment with antihypertensive drugs had lower rates of cardiovascular morbidity and all-cause mortality, independent of the effects of blood pressure and treatment used.11

These results suggest that there may be a role not only for treating LVH, but also for monitoring for a reduction in the left ventricular mass index as a goal of therapy (similar to the way hemoglobin A1c is used in diabetic patients). If the index is used in this way, one could potentially adjust the dose of current drugs, switch classes, or add an additional drug based on a persistently elevated left ventricular mass index in order to optimize the patient's overall cardiovascular risk. A randomized controlled trial of therapy directed by the mass index vs conventional therapy of LVH would be necessary to assess the clinical utility of this approach.

RECOMMENDATIONS

LVH is a common and potentially modifiable cardiovascular risk factor often overlooked in clinical practice. Ideally, all hypertensive patients should be screened with echocardiography to look for LVH, using the calculated left ventricular mass index rather than wall thickness alone to make the diagnosis. While electrocardiography is specific and also has prognostic implications, it is not sensitive enough to be used alone to screen for LVH.

Once the diagnosis of LVH is made, the initial therapy should be an ARB or an ACE inhibitor. Response to therapy can be assessed by monitoring for a reduction in left ventricular mass index or regression of electrocardiographic LVH.

Treatment-induced regression of LVH decreases adverse cardiovascular events and improves overall survival. When modifying medications in hypertensive patients, it is important to remember that the treatment of LVH is not synonymous with blood pressure control.

References
  1. Casale PN, Devereux RB, Milner M, et al. Value of echocardiographic measurement of left ventricular mass in predicting cardiovascular morbid events in hypertensive men. Ann Intern Med 1986; 105:173178.
  2. Levy D, Garrison RJ, Savage DD, Kannel WB, Castelli WP. Prognostic implications of echocardiographically determined left ventricular mass in the Framingham Heart Study. N Engl J Med 1990; 322:15611566.
  3. Koren MJ, Devereux RB, Casale PN, Savage DD, Laragh JH. Relation of left ventricular mass and geometry to morbidity and mortality in uncomplicated essential hypertension. Ann Intern Med 1991; 114:345352.
  4. Verdecchia P, Carini G, Circo A, et al; MAVI (MAssa Ventricolare sinistra nell’Ipertensione) Study Group. Left ventricular mass and cardiovascular morbidity in essential hypertension: the MAVI study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2001; 38:18291835.
  5. Haider AW, Larson MG, Benjamin EJ, Levy D. Increased left ventricular mass and hypertrophy are associated with increased risk for sudden death. J Am Coll Cardiol 1998; 32:14541459.
  6. Verdecchia P, Porcellati C, Reboldi G, et al. Left ventricular hypertrophy as an independent predictor of acute cerebrovascular events in essential hypertension. Circulation 2001; 104:20392044.
  7. Schillaci G, Verdecchia P, Porcellati C, Cuccurullo O, Cosco C, Perticone F. Continuous relation between left ventricular mass and cardiovascular risk in essential hypertension. Hypertension 2000; 35:580586.
  8. Verdecchia P, Schillaci G, Borgioni C, et al. Prognostic significance of serial changes in left ventricular mass in essential hypertension. Circulation 1998; 97:4854.
  9. Mathew J, Sleight P, Lonn E, et al; Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation (HOPE) Investigators. Reduction of cardiovascular risk by regression of electrocardiographic markers of left ventricular hypertrophy by the angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor ramipril. Circulation 2001; 104:16151621.
  10. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Jern S, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy during antihypertensive treatment and the prediction of major cardiovascular events. JAMA 2004; 292:23432349.
  11. Devereux RB, Wachtell K, Gerdts E, et al. Prognostic significance of left ventricular mass change during treatment of hypertension. JAMA 2004; 292:23502356.
  12. Lorell BH, Carabello BA. Left ventricular hypertrophy: pathogenesis, detection, and prognosis. Circulation 2000; 102:470479.
  13. Zabalgoitia M, Berning J, Koren MJ, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Impact of coronary artery disease on left ventricular systolic function and geometry in hypertensive patients with left ventricular hypertrophy (the LIFE study). Am J Cardiol 2001; 88:646650.
  14. Weber KT, Janicki JS, Pick R, Capasso J, Anversa P. Myocardial fibrosis and pathologic hypertrophy in the rat with renovascular hypertension. Am J Cardiol 1990; 65:1G7G.
  15. González A, López B, Querejeta R, Díez J. Regulation of myocardial fibrillar collagen by angiotensin II. A role in hypertensive heart disease? J Mol Cell Cardiol 2002; 34:15851593.
  16. Maron BJ. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy: a systematic review. JAMA 2002; 287:13081320.
  17. Liebson PR, Grandits G, Prineas R, et al. Echocardiographic correlates of left ventricular structure among 844 mildly hypertensive men and women in the Treatment of Mild Hypertension Study (TOMHS). Circulation 1993; 87:476486.
  18. Martinez MA, Sancho T, Armada E, et al; Vascular Risk Working Group Grupo Monitorizacíon Ambulatoria de la Presión Arterial (MAPA)-Madrid. Prevalence of left ventricular hypertrophy in patients with mild hypertension in primary care: impact of echocardiography on cardiovascular risk stratification. Am J Hypertens 2003; 16:556563.
  19. Pewsner D, Jüni P, Egger M, Battaglia M, Sundström J, Bachmann LM. Accuracy of electrocardiography in diagnosis of left ventricular hypertrophy in arterial hypertension: systematic review. BMJ 2007; 335:711.
  20. Devereux RB. Is the electrocardiogram still useful for detection of left ventricular hypertrophy? Circulation 1990; 81:11441146.
  21. Casale PN, Devereux RB, Kligfield P, et al. Electrocardiographic detection of left ventricular hypertrophy: development and prospective validation of improved criteria. J Am Coll Cardiol 1985; 6:572580.
  22. Molloy TJ, Okin PM, Devereux RB, Kligfield P. Electrocardiographic detection of left ventricular hypertrophy by the simple QRS voltage-duration product. J Am Coll Cardiol 1992; 20:11801186.
  23. Sokolow M, Lyon TP. The ventricular complex in left ventricular hypertrophy as obtained by unipolar precordial and limb leads. Am Heart J 1949; 37:161186.
  24. Romhilt DW, Estes EH. A point-score system for the ECG diagnosis of left ventricular hypertrophy. Am Heart J 1968; 75:752758.
  25. Levy D, Labib SB, Anderson KM, Christiansen JC, Kannel WB, Castelli WP. Determinants of sensitivity and specificity of electrocardiographic criteria for left ventricular hypertrophy. Circulation 1990; 81:815820.
  26. Okin PM, Wright JT, Nieminen MS, et al. Ethnic differences in electrocardiographic criteria for left ventricular hypertrophy: the LIFE study. Losartan Intervention For Endpoint. Am J Hypertens 2002; 15:663671.
  27. Devereux RB, Alonso DR, Lutas EM, et al. Echocardiographic assessment of left ventricular hypertrophy: comparison to necropsy findings. Am J Cardiol 1986; 57:450458.
  28. Leibowitz D, Planer D, Ben-Ibgi F, Rott D, Weiss AT, Bursztyn M. Measurement of wall thickness alone does not accurately assess the presence of left ventricular hypertrophy. Clin Exp Hypertens 2007; 29:119125.
  29. Black HR, Weltin G, Jaffe CC. The limited echocardiogram: a modification of standard echocardiography for use in the routine evaluation of patients with systemic hypertension. Am J Cardiol 1991; 67:10271030.
  30. American Society of Echocardiography Coding and Reimbursement Newsletter, January 2009. http://www.asecho.org/files/public/CodingnewsJan09.pdf. Accessed May 13, 2010.
  31. Cuspidi C, Meani S, Valerio C, Fusi V, Sala C, Zanchetti A. Left ventricular hypertrophy and cardiovascular risk stratification: impact and cost-effectiveness of echocardiography in recently diagnosed essential hypertensives. J Hypertens 2006; 24:16711677.
  32. Bottini PB, Carr AA, Prisant LM, Flickinger FW, Allison JD, Gottdiener JS. Magnetic resonance imaging compared to echocardiography to assess left ventricular mass in the hypertensive patient. Am J Hypertens 1995; 8:221228.
  33. Klingbeil AU, Schneider M, Martus P, Messerli FH, Schmieder RE. A meta-analysis of the effects of treatment on left ventricular mass in essential hypertension. Am J Med 2003; 115:4146.
  34. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Harris KE, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. In-treatment resolution or absence of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy is associated with decreased incidence of new-onset diabetes mellitus in hypertensive patients: the Losartan Intervention for Endpoint Reduction in Hypertension (LIFE) Study. Hypertension 2007; 50:984990.
  35. Okin PM, Wachtell K, Devereux RB, et al. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy and decreased incidence of new-onset atrial fibrillation in patients with hypertension. JAMA 2006; 296:12421248.
  36. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Harris KE, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy is associated with less hospitalization for heart failure in hypertensive patients. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:311319.
References
  1. Casale PN, Devereux RB, Milner M, et al. Value of echocardiographic measurement of left ventricular mass in predicting cardiovascular morbid events in hypertensive men. Ann Intern Med 1986; 105:173178.
  2. Levy D, Garrison RJ, Savage DD, Kannel WB, Castelli WP. Prognostic implications of echocardiographically determined left ventricular mass in the Framingham Heart Study. N Engl J Med 1990; 322:15611566.
  3. Koren MJ, Devereux RB, Casale PN, Savage DD, Laragh JH. Relation of left ventricular mass and geometry to morbidity and mortality in uncomplicated essential hypertension. Ann Intern Med 1991; 114:345352.
  4. Verdecchia P, Carini G, Circo A, et al; MAVI (MAssa Ventricolare sinistra nell’Ipertensione) Study Group. Left ventricular mass and cardiovascular morbidity in essential hypertension: the MAVI study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2001; 38:18291835.
  5. Haider AW, Larson MG, Benjamin EJ, Levy D. Increased left ventricular mass and hypertrophy are associated with increased risk for sudden death. J Am Coll Cardiol 1998; 32:14541459.
  6. Verdecchia P, Porcellati C, Reboldi G, et al. Left ventricular hypertrophy as an independent predictor of acute cerebrovascular events in essential hypertension. Circulation 2001; 104:20392044.
  7. Schillaci G, Verdecchia P, Porcellati C, Cuccurullo O, Cosco C, Perticone F. Continuous relation between left ventricular mass and cardiovascular risk in essential hypertension. Hypertension 2000; 35:580586.
  8. Verdecchia P, Schillaci G, Borgioni C, et al. Prognostic significance of serial changes in left ventricular mass in essential hypertension. Circulation 1998; 97:4854.
  9. Mathew J, Sleight P, Lonn E, et al; Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation (HOPE) Investigators. Reduction of cardiovascular risk by regression of electrocardiographic markers of left ventricular hypertrophy by the angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor ramipril. Circulation 2001; 104:16151621.
  10. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Jern S, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy during antihypertensive treatment and the prediction of major cardiovascular events. JAMA 2004; 292:23432349.
  11. Devereux RB, Wachtell K, Gerdts E, et al. Prognostic significance of left ventricular mass change during treatment of hypertension. JAMA 2004; 292:23502356.
  12. Lorell BH, Carabello BA. Left ventricular hypertrophy: pathogenesis, detection, and prognosis. Circulation 2000; 102:470479.
  13. Zabalgoitia M, Berning J, Koren MJ, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Impact of coronary artery disease on left ventricular systolic function and geometry in hypertensive patients with left ventricular hypertrophy (the LIFE study). Am J Cardiol 2001; 88:646650.
  14. Weber KT, Janicki JS, Pick R, Capasso J, Anversa P. Myocardial fibrosis and pathologic hypertrophy in the rat with renovascular hypertension. Am J Cardiol 1990; 65:1G7G.
  15. González A, López B, Querejeta R, Díez J. Regulation of myocardial fibrillar collagen by angiotensin II. A role in hypertensive heart disease? J Mol Cell Cardiol 2002; 34:15851593.
  16. Maron BJ. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy: a systematic review. JAMA 2002; 287:13081320.
  17. Liebson PR, Grandits G, Prineas R, et al. Echocardiographic correlates of left ventricular structure among 844 mildly hypertensive men and women in the Treatment of Mild Hypertension Study (TOMHS). Circulation 1993; 87:476486.
  18. Martinez MA, Sancho T, Armada E, et al; Vascular Risk Working Group Grupo Monitorizacíon Ambulatoria de la Presión Arterial (MAPA)-Madrid. Prevalence of left ventricular hypertrophy in patients with mild hypertension in primary care: impact of echocardiography on cardiovascular risk stratification. Am J Hypertens 2003; 16:556563.
  19. Pewsner D, Jüni P, Egger M, Battaglia M, Sundström J, Bachmann LM. Accuracy of electrocardiography in diagnosis of left ventricular hypertrophy in arterial hypertension: systematic review. BMJ 2007; 335:711.
  20. Devereux RB. Is the electrocardiogram still useful for detection of left ventricular hypertrophy? Circulation 1990; 81:11441146.
  21. Casale PN, Devereux RB, Kligfield P, et al. Electrocardiographic detection of left ventricular hypertrophy: development and prospective validation of improved criteria. J Am Coll Cardiol 1985; 6:572580.
  22. Molloy TJ, Okin PM, Devereux RB, Kligfield P. Electrocardiographic detection of left ventricular hypertrophy by the simple QRS voltage-duration product. J Am Coll Cardiol 1992; 20:11801186.
  23. Sokolow M, Lyon TP. The ventricular complex in left ventricular hypertrophy as obtained by unipolar precordial and limb leads. Am Heart J 1949; 37:161186.
  24. Romhilt DW, Estes EH. A point-score system for the ECG diagnosis of left ventricular hypertrophy. Am Heart J 1968; 75:752758.
  25. Levy D, Labib SB, Anderson KM, Christiansen JC, Kannel WB, Castelli WP. Determinants of sensitivity and specificity of electrocardiographic criteria for left ventricular hypertrophy. Circulation 1990; 81:815820.
  26. Okin PM, Wright JT, Nieminen MS, et al. Ethnic differences in electrocardiographic criteria for left ventricular hypertrophy: the LIFE study. Losartan Intervention For Endpoint. Am J Hypertens 2002; 15:663671.
  27. Devereux RB, Alonso DR, Lutas EM, et al. Echocardiographic assessment of left ventricular hypertrophy: comparison to necropsy findings. Am J Cardiol 1986; 57:450458.
  28. Leibowitz D, Planer D, Ben-Ibgi F, Rott D, Weiss AT, Bursztyn M. Measurement of wall thickness alone does not accurately assess the presence of left ventricular hypertrophy. Clin Exp Hypertens 2007; 29:119125.
  29. Black HR, Weltin G, Jaffe CC. The limited echocardiogram: a modification of standard echocardiography for use in the routine evaluation of patients with systemic hypertension. Am J Cardiol 1991; 67:10271030.
  30. American Society of Echocardiography Coding and Reimbursement Newsletter, January 2009. http://www.asecho.org/files/public/CodingnewsJan09.pdf. Accessed May 13, 2010.
  31. Cuspidi C, Meani S, Valerio C, Fusi V, Sala C, Zanchetti A. Left ventricular hypertrophy and cardiovascular risk stratification: impact and cost-effectiveness of echocardiography in recently diagnosed essential hypertensives. J Hypertens 2006; 24:16711677.
  32. Bottini PB, Carr AA, Prisant LM, Flickinger FW, Allison JD, Gottdiener JS. Magnetic resonance imaging compared to echocardiography to assess left ventricular mass in the hypertensive patient. Am J Hypertens 1995; 8:221228.
  33. Klingbeil AU, Schneider M, Martus P, Messerli FH, Schmieder RE. A meta-analysis of the effects of treatment on left ventricular mass in essential hypertension. Am J Med 2003; 115:4146.
  34. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Harris KE, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. In-treatment resolution or absence of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy is associated with decreased incidence of new-onset diabetes mellitus in hypertensive patients: the Losartan Intervention for Endpoint Reduction in Hypertension (LIFE) Study. Hypertension 2007; 50:984990.
  35. Okin PM, Wachtell K, Devereux RB, et al. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy and decreased incidence of new-onset atrial fibrillation in patients with hypertension. JAMA 2006; 296:12421248.
  36. Okin PM, Devereux RB, Harris KE, et al; LIFE Study Investigators. Regression of electrocardiographic left ventricular hypertrophy is associated with less hospitalization for heart failure in hypertensive patients. Ann Intern Med 2007; 147:311319.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(6)
Page Number
381-387
Page Number
381-387
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Left ventricular hypertrophy: An overlooked cardiovascular risk factor
Display Headline
Left ventricular hypertrophy: An overlooked cardiovascular risk factor
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • LVH is caused by a chronically increased cardiac workload, most commonly from hypertension.
  • Ideally, all hypertensive patients should undergo echocardiography to screen for LVH, using the calculated left ventricular mass index.
  • Electrocardiography is too insensitive to be used alone to screen for LVH.
  • In hypertensive patients, initial therapy of LVH should consist of an angiotensin II receptor blocker or an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor.
  • Treatment-induced regression of LVH improves cardiovascular outcomes independent of blood pressure.
  • Further study is necessary to examine the utility of following the left ventricular mass index as a treatment goal.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Radiotherapy After Breast Cancer Surgery: Don't Wait

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Radiotherapy After Breast Cancer Surgery: Don't Wait
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

 

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 27(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
32
Legacy Keywords
radiotherapy, breast cancer, cancers, breast cancer surgery, local recurrenceradiotherapy, breast cancer, cancers, breast cancer surgery, local recurrence
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

 

Author and Disclosure Information

 

 

Article PDF
Article PDF
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 27(6)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 27(6)
Page Number
32
Page Number
32
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Radiotherapy After Breast Cancer Surgery: Don't Wait
Display Headline
Radiotherapy After Breast Cancer Surgery: Don't Wait
Legacy Keywords
radiotherapy, breast cancer, cancers, breast cancer surgery, local recurrenceradiotherapy, breast cancer, cancers, breast cancer surgery, local recurrence
Legacy Keywords
radiotherapy, breast cancer, cancers, breast cancer surgery, local recurrenceradiotherapy, breast cancer, cancers, breast cancer surgery, local recurrence
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Article PDF Media

Grand Rounds: Woman, 80, With Hallucinations and Tremors

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Woman, 80, With Hallucinations and Tremors

An 80-year-old Mandarin-speaking Chinese woman was referred to a mental health outpatient clinic for evaluation and treatment. The patient had a history of mild depression, for which she had been treated for many years with sertraline.

Five years earlier at age 75, the patient had been evaluated by a psychiatrist after she began to experience psychotic symptoms, including frequent repetitive auditory hallucinations of people counting, alternating with music from her childhood. At that time, she also had persecutory paranoid thoughts and delusional thinking that she was receiving messages in Mandarin while watching American TV programs. Initially, her only cognitive disturbance was an inability to differentiate among numbers on a calendar or a telephone keypad. No reports of memory problems were noted. Although the patient acknowledged auditory hallucinations, she denied experiencing command auditory hallucinations or hallucinations of other forms. The patient had no history of suicide attempts and denied suicidal or homicidal ideation. She had no history of psychiatric hospitalization.

The psychiatrist made a diagnosis of major depressive disorder with psychotic features, not otherwise specified1 and prescribed sertraline 50 mg/d. The patient was also started on risperidone 0.25 mg/d for management of her psychotic symptoms, with the dosage gradually increased to 2.0 mg/d over five years. While taking this combination, the patient experienced stable mood and fewer paranoid thoughts, although her auditory hallucinations continued.

Two months before the current visit, the patient moved into a retirement living facility, and she reported having adapted well to the new setting. She was sleeping well and had a good appetite. Her BMI was within normal range.

The patient described herself as a single parent for nearly 40 years, raising one daughter. Formerly high functioning, she had held a full-time clerical job until age 70. She appeared well-groomed, polite but anxious, and oriented to time, person, and place. Her speech was normal, her thought processes were coherent, and her mood was stable. However, her affect was constricted; she acknowledged auditory hallucinations, which impaired her thought content. The patient reported feeling increased anxiety prior to any nonroutine activity, such as a doctor’s appointment; this, she said, would cause insomnia, leaving her to pace in her room.

During the examination, fine tremors on upper and lower extremities were noted. The patient’s Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS) score2 was 13, which placed her in the highest risk category for antipsychotic-induced dopamine-blockade extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). The patient was found to be negative for tardive dyskinesia, with no abnormal facial movements. She was aware of the tremors in her limbs and said she felt bothered by them.

The patient had an unsteady gait and used a four-point walker. Her Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) score3 was 28/30, which was normal for her age and education level (high school completed).

Apart from the described symptoms, the patient was healthy for her age and had no other medical diagnosis. Her vital signs were within normal range. The medical work-up to rule out other causes of dementia yielded negative results. Lab values were normal, including electrolyte levels and thyroid tests. The patient’s hearing test showed age-related hearing loss of full range, not limited to high pitch. She was able to engage in a meaningful conversation at a normal volume. Clinically, however, it was concerning to observe the possible signs of EPS and the relatively high risperidone dosage, considering the patient’s advanced age.

After the meeting with the patient, a treatment plan was created to 1) gradually reduce the dosage of antipsychotic medication, and 2) refer her to a neurologist for a complete work-up to rule out underlying neurologic disorders, such as dementia. Risperidone was tapered by increments of 0.25 mg/d every three to four weeks; throughout this process, the patient was closely monitored by the nursing staff at the retirement living facility. Monthly appointments were scheduled at the outpatient mental health clinic for evaluation and medication management.

Two months after the initial mental health clinic visit, the patient’s condition was pronounced stable on the current regimen of sertraline 50 mg/d and risperidone 1.0 mg/d. She was later seen by a neurologist, who made a diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease and placed her on carbidopa-­levodopa (1 1/2 tablets, 25/100 mg, tid). The patient’s auditory hallucinations continued with the same intensity as at baseline, but fewer tremors were noted in her extremities. By six months into the tapering process (with risperidone reduced at that time to 0.25 mg/d and carbidopa-levodopa to 25/100 mg tid), the patient had begun to experience dissipation of the tremors, and her AIMS score2 was 0. She was able to replace her four-point walker with a cane.

 

 

One year after her initial visit to the mental health clinic, the patient’s neurologist suggested replacing risperidone with quetia­pine (12.5 mg/d) for its improved tolerability and lower adverse effect profile.4 She continued to take sertraline and carbidopa-levodopa.

Improvement of symptoms was noted following the switch. After one month on the revised regimen, the patient reported that the number of auditory hallucinations persisted, but that their intensity had decreased dramatically. She had a brighter affect and appeared to feel uplifted and more energetic. She became involved in the social activities offered at the retirement living facility and the mental health clinic. She also maintained a steady gait without her cane. According to the patient’s daughter, her mother was at her best psychological state since the onset of psychotic symptoms six years earlier. The pharmacologic regimen had reached its maximum benefit.

At a mental health appointment at the outpatient clinic 18 months after her initial visit there, it was evident that the patient’s auditory hallucinations persisted as a major stressor. She began to complain about other residents in her facility. She said she disliked the resident with whom she shared meals, and she claimed that other residents often spit on the floor in front of her room. The nursing staff did not confirm these incidents, which they considered a delusion despite the patient’s “evidence” (the tissues she said she had used to clean up).

Additionally, a new theme had emerged in the patient’s auditory hallucinations. She reported hearing a male voice that announced changes in meal times. Although she knew there was no public address system in her room or in the hallway, the “announcement” was so convincing that she would go to the dining room and once there, realize that nothing had changed. She seemed to drift between reality and her hallucinations/delusions. According to her daughter, the patient’s independent and reserved personality forced her to internalize her stressors—in this case, her frustration about the other residents—which fed into her hallucinations and delusions.

In response to her worsening psychotic symptoms, the patient’s provider increased her quetia­pine dosage from 12.5 mg/d to 25 mg/d. Her MMSE score3 at this visit was 25/30.

Two months later, the patient exhibited increasing symptoms of paranoia, delusions, and auditory hallucinations. She continued to respond to the “broadcast” messages about meal times, and she voiced her frustrations to others who spoke Mandarin. She became agitated in response to out-of-the-ordinary events. When her alarm clock battery ran out, for example, she insisted that “a man’s voice” kept reminding her to replace the battery; in response, she placed the alarm clock in the refrigerator, later explaining, “Now I don’t need to worry about it.”

Her cognitive status began to show obvious, progressive deterioration, with an MMSE score3 of 22/30 at this visit—a significant reduction from previous scores. Worsening of her short-term memory became apparent when she had difficulty playing bingo and was unable to remember her appointment or the current date. She became upset when others corrected her.

In a review of the trends in this patient’s clinical presentation, it became increasingly evident to the patient’s mental health care providers that she had Lewy body dementia.

DISCUSSION
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB), a progressive disease, is the second most common cause of neurodegenerative dementia after Alzheimer’s disease.5-7 It is estimated that DLB accounts for 20% of US cases of dementia (ie, about 800,000 patients).8,9 Although public awareness of DLB is on the rise, the disorder is still underrecognized and underdiagnosed because its clinical manifestations so closely resemble those of Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and psychosis.10,11

Clinical symptoms of DLB include progressive cognitive decline, cognitive fluctuation, EPS, and parkinsonism; hallucinations involving all five senses, particularly sight; delusions; REM sleep disturbance, with or without vivid and frightening dreams; changes in mood and behavior; impaired judgment and insight; and autonomic dysfunction, such as orthostatic hypotension and carotid-sinus hypersensitivity.5,11-15

The symptoms of DLB are caused by the accumulations of Lewy bodies, that is, deposits of alpha-synuclein protein in the nuclei of neurons. Lewy bodies destroy neurons over time, resulting in the destruction of dopaminergic and acetylcholinergic pathways from the brain stem to areas of the cerebral cortex associated with cognition and motor functions.4,5,16

DLB is a spectrum disorder; it often coexists with Parkinson’s disease or Alzheimer’s disease, as Lewy bodies are also found in patients with these illnesses.7 This poses a challenge for formulating a differential diagnosis, particularly in patients with fluctuating cognition,10 and for attempting to establish disease prevalence.

Diagnosis
Currently, a conclusive diagnosis of DLB can be confirmed only through postmortem autopsy, although use of medial temporal lobe volume (via structural MRI) and regional blood flow (via single photon emission CT [SPECT] tracers) is being investigated.17

 

 

The diagnosis of DLB is currently based on the presenting clinical symptoms and the exclusion of other medical conditions whose symptoms mimic those of DLB.7 The screening assessment may include a neurologic/psychiatric assessment (MMSE, psychiatric evaluation, and interviews with family members or caretakers), neuroimaging such as MRI to rule out other organic causes, and laboratory evaluation to rule out potentially reversible causes of dementia, including electrolyte imbalance, vitamin deficiency (specifically vitamin B12), anemia, thyroid dysfunction, and kidney or liver impairment.18

The American Psychiatric Assocation1 categorizes DLB under “Dementia Due to Other General Medical Conditions” (294.1x). The World Health Organization19 includes it among “Other specified degenerative diseases of the nervous system” (G31.8).

Treatment
Lewy body dementia is an irreversible neurologic degenerative disorder. Treatment for DLB comprises symptom management, primarily through pharmacology; however, the response to medication is highly individualized. Treatment includes management of the following symptoms:

Cognitive impairment. Cholinesterase inhibitors, such as rivastigmine (3 to 12 mg/d), donepezil (10 mg/d), or galantamine (titrated up to 12 mg bid),20-23 improve attention and behavior and reduce apathy, anxiety, delusions, and hallucinations. As cognitive impairment worsens, memantine (10 mg bid) may be effective.24 The potential for anticholinergic adverse effects requires close monitoring in patients taking these agents.

Parkinsonian symptoms. Medications indicated for Parkinson’s disease and syndrome, such as carbidopa-levodopa (25/100 mg tid), can be effective; dosage may be slowly titrated upward as tolerated and if needed for symptom management.25,26 The dopaminergic effect of antiparkinson medications may intensify the psychotic symptoms and worsen the REM sleep pattern. In this case, a low-dose atypical antipsychotic is suggested27,28 (see below).

Psychotic symptoms. An atypical antipsychotic agent, such as quetiapine (12.5 mg), risperidone (0.25 mg), olanzapine (2.5 mg), ziprasidone (20 mg), aripiprazole (2 mg), or paliperidone (1.5 mg), may be used. Because of the DLB-associated risk of neuroleptic sensitivity, atypical antipsychotic agents should be initiated at a low dose with slow upward titration17,26,29; quetiapine appears less likely than risperidone or olanzapine to cause neuroleptic sensitivity or to trigger EPS.4 For Asian patients, who often respond to lower doses of these medications (and are more easily affected by associated adverse effects), Chen et al30 recommend a starting dose of about one-half the recommended dose.

Depression. An SSRI antidepressant with relatively simple pharmacologic properties and moderate half-life may be used to manage symptoms of depression.26,31,32 Long–half-life SSRIs (eg, fluoxetine) should be avoided in elderly patients; in response to SNRIs (serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors), these patients may experience elevated blood pressures and pulses, with subsequent morbidity.33

REM sleep disturbances. Clo­nazepam (0.25 mg), melatonin (3.0 mg), or quetiapine (12.5 mg) may be administered at bedtime.34

Important Lessons
In general, providers should consider the benefits and risks of any pharmacologic treatment and avoid polypharmacy, if possible. Family and caretakers should be included in the treatment planning, with a focus on prioritizing and managing the most debilitating symptoms or dysfunctions that prompt concerns for safety.

For optimal homeostasis, some DLB patients may require joint pharmacologic modalities that appear counterintuitive—for example, an antiparkinsonism (dopaminergic) agent for parkinsonian symptoms or neuroleptic-induced EPS, versus an antipsychotic (eg, a dopamine antagonist) to treat profound hallucinations.26

As the response to treatment for DLB is highly individualized, it is essential to titrate and augment with care.

CONCLUSION
In DLB, as with other dementing illnesses, the onset of symptoms can be gradual and insidious, posing a great challenge to the clinician who seeks to confirm the diagnosis. In the illness’s early stages, the clinician may have to treat targeted symptoms and adjust the treatment plan once signs of the pathologic origins emerge.

It is critical to understand the mechanisms of psychotropic medications and targeted neurotransmitters when evaluating treatment for DLB. Titrating or augmenting these medications in elderly patients requires the clinician to follow a principle of start low and go slow, making only one change at a time.

It is always helpful to include family members in the patient’s care and to gather information on previous history, personality traits, family history, and cultural components. It is also important to communicate with other specialists to implement collaborative care.

References

1. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th ed (text revision). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000:167.

2. National Institute of Mental Health. Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS). www.atlantapsychia try.com/forms/AIMS.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

3. Mini–Mental State Examination. www.nmaging .state.nm.us/pdf_files/Mini_Mental_Status_Exam.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

4. Baskys A. Lewy body dementia: the litmus test for neuroleptic sensitivity and extrapyramidal symptoms. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65 suppl 11:16-22.

5. Weisman D, McKeith I. Dementia with Lewy bodies. Semin Neurol. 2007;27(1):42-47.

6. McKeith IG. Consensus guidelines for the clinical and pathologic diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB): report of the Consortium on DLB International Workshop. J Alzheimers Dis. 2006;9(3 suppl):417-423.

7. McKeith IG, Galasko D, Kosaka K, et al. Consensus guidelines for the clinical and pathologic diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB): report of the Consortium on DLB International Workshop. Neurology. 1996;47(5):1113-1124.

8. Hill C, Reiss N. Lewy body dementia (2008). www.mentalhelp.net/poc/view_doc.php?type=doc& id=13151&cn=231. Accessed May 20, 2010.

9. Lewy Body Dementia Association, Inc. Lewy body dementia: current issues in diagnosis and treatment. www.lewybodydementia.org. Accessed May 20, 2010.

10. Varanese S, Perfetti B, Monaco D, et al. Fluctuating cognition and different cognitive and behavioural profiles in Parkinson’s disease with dementia: comparison of dementia with Lewy bodies and Alzheimer’s disease. J Neurol. 2010 Jan 22. [Epub ahead of print]

11. Kurita A, Murakami M, Takagi S, et al. Visual hallucinations and altered visual information processing in Parkinson disease and dementia with Lewy bodies. Mov Disorder. 2010;25(2):167-171.

12. Gagnon JF, Postuma RB, Mazza S, et al. Rapid-eye-movement sleep behaviour disorder and neurodegenerative diseases. Lancet Neurol. 2006;5(5):424-432.

13. Dodel R, Csoti I, Ebersbach G, et al. Lewy body dementia and Parkinson’s disease with dementia. J Neurol. 2008;255 suppl 5:39-47.

14. Sonnesyn H, Nilsen DW, Rongve A, et al. High prevalence of orthostatic hypotension in mild dementia. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord. 2009;28(4):307-313.

15. Kenny RA, Shaw FE, O’Brien JT, et al. Carotid sinus syndrome is common in dementia with Lewy bodies and correlates with deep white matter lesions. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2004;75(7):966-971.

16. Hickey C, Chisholm T, Passmore MJ, et al. Differentiating the dementias: revisiting synucleinopathies and tauopathies. Curr Alzheimer Res. 2008;5(1):52-60.

17. McKeith IG, Burn DJ, Ballard CG, et al. Dementia with Lewy bodies. Semin Clin Neuropsychiatry. 2003; 8(1):46-57.

18. Bird TD, Miller BL. Dementia. In: Fauci AS, Braunwald E, Kasper DL, et al, eds. Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medicine. 17th ed. New York, NY: McGraw Hill Medical; 2008:2536-2549.

19. World Health Organization. International Classification of Diseases (ICD), Version 2007. Chapter VI: Diseases of the Central Nervous System. http://apps.who.int/classifications/apps/icd/icd10online/index.htm?kg00.htm+. Accessed May 20, 2010.

20. McKeith I, Del Ser T, Spano P, et al. Efficacy of rivastigmine in dementia with Lewy bodies: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled international study. Lancet. 2000;356(9247):2031-2036.

21. Emre M, Cummings JL, Lane RM. Rivastigmine in dementia associated with Parkinson’s disease and Alzheimer’s disease: similarities and differences. J Alzheimers Dis. 2007;11(4):509-519.

22. Lam B, Hollingdrake E, Kennedy JL, et al. Cholinesterase inhibitors in Alzheimer’s disease and Lewy body spectrum disorders: the emerging pharmacogenetic story. Hum Genomics. 2009;4(2):91-106.

23. Wild R, Pettit T, Burns A. Cholinesterase inhibitors for dementia with Lewy bodies. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2003;(3):CD003672.

24. Aarsland D, Ballard C, Walker Z, et al. Memantine in patients with Parkinson’s disease dementia or dementia with Lewy bodies: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicentre trial. Lancet Neurol. 2009;8(7):613-618.

25. Merck & Co., Inc. Sinemet® CR (carbidopa-levodopa) sustained-release tablets. http://packageinserts.bms.com/pi/pi_sinemet_cr.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

26. Fernandez HH, Wu CK, Ott BR. Pharmacotherapy of dementia with Lewy bodies. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2003;4(11):2027-2037.

27. Kato K, Wada T, Kawakatsu S, Otani K. Improvement of both psychotic symptoms and Parkinsonism in a case of dementia with Lewy bodies by the combination therapy of risperidone and L-DOPA. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2002;26(1):201-203.

28. Yamauchi K, Takehisa M, Tsuno M, et al. Levodopa improved rapid eye movement sleep behavior disorder with diffuse Lewy body disease. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2003;25(2):140-142.

29. Stahl SM. The Prescriber’s Guide: Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology. Cambridge University Press; 2006:459.

30. Chen JP, Barron C, Lin KM, Chung H. Prescribing medication for Asians with mental disorders. West J Med. 2002;176(4):271-275.

31. Sink KM, Holden KF, Yaffe K. Pharmacological treatment of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia: a review of the evidence. JAMA. 2005;293(5):596-608.

32. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. Comparison of citalopram, perphenazine, and placebo for the acute treatment of psychosis and behavioral disturbances in hospitalized, demented patients. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(3):460-465.

33. Schwab W, Messinger-Rapport B, Franco K. Psychiatric symptoms of dementia: treatable, but no silver bullet. Cleve Clin J Med. 2009;76(3):167-174.

34. Gagnon JF, Postuma RB, Montplaisir J. Update on the pharmacology of REM sleep behavior disorder. Neurology. 2006;67(5):742-747

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Hsin-Yi (Jean) Tang, PhD, ARNP, PMHNP, Karen S. Feldt, PhD, ARNP, GNP, Deonne J. Brown-Benedict, DNP, ARNP, FNP

Issue
Clinician Reviews - 20(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
13-17
Legacy Keywords
Lewy body, dementia, hallucinations, tremorsLewy body, dementia, hallucinations, tremors
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Hsin-Yi (Jean) Tang, PhD, ARNP, PMHNP, Karen S. Feldt, PhD, ARNP, GNP, Deonne J. Brown-Benedict, DNP, ARNP, FNP

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Hsin-Yi (Jean) Tang, PhD, ARNP, PMHNP, Karen S. Feldt, PhD, ARNP, GNP, Deonne J. Brown-Benedict, DNP, ARNP, FNP

An 80-year-old Mandarin-speaking Chinese woman was referred to a mental health outpatient clinic for evaluation and treatment. The patient had a history of mild depression, for which she had been treated for many years with sertraline.

Five years earlier at age 75, the patient had been evaluated by a psychiatrist after she began to experience psychotic symptoms, including frequent repetitive auditory hallucinations of people counting, alternating with music from her childhood. At that time, she also had persecutory paranoid thoughts and delusional thinking that she was receiving messages in Mandarin while watching American TV programs. Initially, her only cognitive disturbance was an inability to differentiate among numbers on a calendar or a telephone keypad. No reports of memory problems were noted. Although the patient acknowledged auditory hallucinations, she denied experiencing command auditory hallucinations or hallucinations of other forms. The patient had no history of suicide attempts and denied suicidal or homicidal ideation. She had no history of psychiatric hospitalization.

The psychiatrist made a diagnosis of major depressive disorder with psychotic features, not otherwise specified1 and prescribed sertraline 50 mg/d. The patient was also started on risperidone 0.25 mg/d for management of her psychotic symptoms, with the dosage gradually increased to 2.0 mg/d over five years. While taking this combination, the patient experienced stable mood and fewer paranoid thoughts, although her auditory hallucinations continued.

Two months before the current visit, the patient moved into a retirement living facility, and she reported having adapted well to the new setting. She was sleeping well and had a good appetite. Her BMI was within normal range.

The patient described herself as a single parent for nearly 40 years, raising one daughter. Formerly high functioning, she had held a full-time clerical job until age 70. She appeared well-groomed, polite but anxious, and oriented to time, person, and place. Her speech was normal, her thought processes were coherent, and her mood was stable. However, her affect was constricted; she acknowledged auditory hallucinations, which impaired her thought content. The patient reported feeling increased anxiety prior to any nonroutine activity, such as a doctor’s appointment; this, she said, would cause insomnia, leaving her to pace in her room.

During the examination, fine tremors on upper and lower extremities were noted. The patient’s Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS) score2 was 13, which placed her in the highest risk category for antipsychotic-induced dopamine-blockade extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). The patient was found to be negative for tardive dyskinesia, with no abnormal facial movements. She was aware of the tremors in her limbs and said she felt bothered by them.

The patient had an unsteady gait and used a four-point walker. Her Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) score3 was 28/30, which was normal for her age and education level (high school completed).

Apart from the described symptoms, the patient was healthy for her age and had no other medical diagnosis. Her vital signs were within normal range. The medical work-up to rule out other causes of dementia yielded negative results. Lab values were normal, including electrolyte levels and thyroid tests. The patient’s hearing test showed age-related hearing loss of full range, not limited to high pitch. She was able to engage in a meaningful conversation at a normal volume. Clinically, however, it was concerning to observe the possible signs of EPS and the relatively high risperidone dosage, considering the patient’s advanced age.

After the meeting with the patient, a treatment plan was created to 1) gradually reduce the dosage of antipsychotic medication, and 2) refer her to a neurologist for a complete work-up to rule out underlying neurologic disorders, such as dementia. Risperidone was tapered by increments of 0.25 mg/d every three to four weeks; throughout this process, the patient was closely monitored by the nursing staff at the retirement living facility. Monthly appointments were scheduled at the outpatient mental health clinic for evaluation and medication management.

Two months after the initial mental health clinic visit, the patient’s condition was pronounced stable on the current regimen of sertraline 50 mg/d and risperidone 1.0 mg/d. She was later seen by a neurologist, who made a diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease and placed her on carbidopa-­levodopa (1 1/2 tablets, 25/100 mg, tid). The patient’s auditory hallucinations continued with the same intensity as at baseline, but fewer tremors were noted in her extremities. By six months into the tapering process (with risperidone reduced at that time to 0.25 mg/d and carbidopa-levodopa to 25/100 mg tid), the patient had begun to experience dissipation of the tremors, and her AIMS score2 was 0. She was able to replace her four-point walker with a cane.

 

 

One year after her initial visit to the mental health clinic, the patient’s neurologist suggested replacing risperidone with quetia­pine (12.5 mg/d) for its improved tolerability and lower adverse effect profile.4 She continued to take sertraline and carbidopa-levodopa.

Improvement of symptoms was noted following the switch. After one month on the revised regimen, the patient reported that the number of auditory hallucinations persisted, but that their intensity had decreased dramatically. She had a brighter affect and appeared to feel uplifted and more energetic. She became involved in the social activities offered at the retirement living facility and the mental health clinic. She also maintained a steady gait without her cane. According to the patient’s daughter, her mother was at her best psychological state since the onset of psychotic symptoms six years earlier. The pharmacologic regimen had reached its maximum benefit.

At a mental health appointment at the outpatient clinic 18 months after her initial visit there, it was evident that the patient’s auditory hallucinations persisted as a major stressor. She began to complain about other residents in her facility. She said she disliked the resident with whom she shared meals, and she claimed that other residents often spit on the floor in front of her room. The nursing staff did not confirm these incidents, which they considered a delusion despite the patient’s “evidence” (the tissues she said she had used to clean up).

Additionally, a new theme had emerged in the patient’s auditory hallucinations. She reported hearing a male voice that announced changes in meal times. Although she knew there was no public address system in her room or in the hallway, the “announcement” was so convincing that she would go to the dining room and once there, realize that nothing had changed. She seemed to drift between reality and her hallucinations/delusions. According to her daughter, the patient’s independent and reserved personality forced her to internalize her stressors—in this case, her frustration about the other residents—which fed into her hallucinations and delusions.

In response to her worsening psychotic symptoms, the patient’s provider increased her quetia­pine dosage from 12.5 mg/d to 25 mg/d. Her MMSE score3 at this visit was 25/30.

Two months later, the patient exhibited increasing symptoms of paranoia, delusions, and auditory hallucinations. She continued to respond to the “broadcast” messages about meal times, and she voiced her frustrations to others who spoke Mandarin. She became agitated in response to out-of-the-ordinary events. When her alarm clock battery ran out, for example, she insisted that “a man’s voice” kept reminding her to replace the battery; in response, she placed the alarm clock in the refrigerator, later explaining, “Now I don’t need to worry about it.”

Her cognitive status began to show obvious, progressive deterioration, with an MMSE score3 of 22/30 at this visit—a significant reduction from previous scores. Worsening of her short-term memory became apparent when she had difficulty playing bingo and was unable to remember her appointment or the current date. She became upset when others corrected her.

In a review of the trends in this patient’s clinical presentation, it became increasingly evident to the patient’s mental health care providers that she had Lewy body dementia.

DISCUSSION
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB), a progressive disease, is the second most common cause of neurodegenerative dementia after Alzheimer’s disease.5-7 It is estimated that DLB accounts for 20% of US cases of dementia (ie, about 800,000 patients).8,9 Although public awareness of DLB is on the rise, the disorder is still underrecognized and underdiagnosed because its clinical manifestations so closely resemble those of Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and psychosis.10,11

Clinical symptoms of DLB include progressive cognitive decline, cognitive fluctuation, EPS, and parkinsonism; hallucinations involving all five senses, particularly sight; delusions; REM sleep disturbance, with or without vivid and frightening dreams; changes in mood and behavior; impaired judgment and insight; and autonomic dysfunction, such as orthostatic hypotension and carotid-sinus hypersensitivity.5,11-15

The symptoms of DLB are caused by the accumulations of Lewy bodies, that is, deposits of alpha-synuclein protein in the nuclei of neurons. Lewy bodies destroy neurons over time, resulting in the destruction of dopaminergic and acetylcholinergic pathways from the brain stem to areas of the cerebral cortex associated with cognition and motor functions.4,5,16

DLB is a spectrum disorder; it often coexists with Parkinson’s disease or Alzheimer’s disease, as Lewy bodies are also found in patients with these illnesses.7 This poses a challenge for formulating a differential diagnosis, particularly in patients with fluctuating cognition,10 and for attempting to establish disease prevalence.

Diagnosis
Currently, a conclusive diagnosis of DLB can be confirmed only through postmortem autopsy, although use of medial temporal lobe volume (via structural MRI) and regional blood flow (via single photon emission CT [SPECT] tracers) is being investigated.17

 

 

The diagnosis of DLB is currently based on the presenting clinical symptoms and the exclusion of other medical conditions whose symptoms mimic those of DLB.7 The screening assessment may include a neurologic/psychiatric assessment (MMSE, psychiatric evaluation, and interviews with family members or caretakers), neuroimaging such as MRI to rule out other organic causes, and laboratory evaluation to rule out potentially reversible causes of dementia, including electrolyte imbalance, vitamin deficiency (specifically vitamin B12), anemia, thyroid dysfunction, and kidney or liver impairment.18

The American Psychiatric Assocation1 categorizes DLB under “Dementia Due to Other General Medical Conditions” (294.1x). The World Health Organization19 includes it among “Other specified degenerative diseases of the nervous system” (G31.8).

Treatment
Lewy body dementia is an irreversible neurologic degenerative disorder. Treatment for DLB comprises symptom management, primarily through pharmacology; however, the response to medication is highly individualized. Treatment includes management of the following symptoms:

Cognitive impairment. Cholinesterase inhibitors, such as rivastigmine (3 to 12 mg/d), donepezil (10 mg/d), or galantamine (titrated up to 12 mg bid),20-23 improve attention and behavior and reduce apathy, anxiety, delusions, and hallucinations. As cognitive impairment worsens, memantine (10 mg bid) may be effective.24 The potential for anticholinergic adverse effects requires close monitoring in patients taking these agents.

Parkinsonian symptoms. Medications indicated for Parkinson’s disease and syndrome, such as carbidopa-levodopa (25/100 mg tid), can be effective; dosage may be slowly titrated upward as tolerated and if needed for symptom management.25,26 The dopaminergic effect of antiparkinson medications may intensify the psychotic symptoms and worsen the REM sleep pattern. In this case, a low-dose atypical antipsychotic is suggested27,28 (see below).

Psychotic symptoms. An atypical antipsychotic agent, such as quetiapine (12.5 mg), risperidone (0.25 mg), olanzapine (2.5 mg), ziprasidone (20 mg), aripiprazole (2 mg), or paliperidone (1.5 mg), may be used. Because of the DLB-associated risk of neuroleptic sensitivity, atypical antipsychotic agents should be initiated at a low dose with slow upward titration17,26,29; quetiapine appears less likely than risperidone or olanzapine to cause neuroleptic sensitivity or to trigger EPS.4 For Asian patients, who often respond to lower doses of these medications (and are more easily affected by associated adverse effects), Chen et al30 recommend a starting dose of about one-half the recommended dose.

Depression. An SSRI antidepressant with relatively simple pharmacologic properties and moderate half-life may be used to manage symptoms of depression.26,31,32 Long–half-life SSRIs (eg, fluoxetine) should be avoided in elderly patients; in response to SNRIs (serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors), these patients may experience elevated blood pressures and pulses, with subsequent morbidity.33

REM sleep disturbances. Clo­nazepam (0.25 mg), melatonin (3.0 mg), or quetiapine (12.5 mg) may be administered at bedtime.34

Important Lessons
In general, providers should consider the benefits and risks of any pharmacologic treatment and avoid polypharmacy, if possible. Family and caretakers should be included in the treatment planning, with a focus on prioritizing and managing the most debilitating symptoms or dysfunctions that prompt concerns for safety.

For optimal homeostasis, some DLB patients may require joint pharmacologic modalities that appear counterintuitive—for example, an antiparkinsonism (dopaminergic) agent for parkinsonian symptoms or neuroleptic-induced EPS, versus an antipsychotic (eg, a dopamine antagonist) to treat profound hallucinations.26

As the response to treatment for DLB is highly individualized, it is essential to titrate and augment with care.

CONCLUSION
In DLB, as with other dementing illnesses, the onset of symptoms can be gradual and insidious, posing a great challenge to the clinician who seeks to confirm the diagnosis. In the illness’s early stages, the clinician may have to treat targeted symptoms and adjust the treatment plan once signs of the pathologic origins emerge.

It is critical to understand the mechanisms of psychotropic medications and targeted neurotransmitters when evaluating treatment for DLB. Titrating or augmenting these medications in elderly patients requires the clinician to follow a principle of start low and go slow, making only one change at a time.

It is always helpful to include family members in the patient’s care and to gather information on previous history, personality traits, family history, and cultural components. It is also important to communicate with other specialists to implement collaborative care.

An 80-year-old Mandarin-speaking Chinese woman was referred to a mental health outpatient clinic for evaluation and treatment. The patient had a history of mild depression, for which she had been treated for many years with sertraline.

Five years earlier at age 75, the patient had been evaluated by a psychiatrist after she began to experience psychotic symptoms, including frequent repetitive auditory hallucinations of people counting, alternating with music from her childhood. At that time, she also had persecutory paranoid thoughts and delusional thinking that she was receiving messages in Mandarin while watching American TV programs. Initially, her only cognitive disturbance was an inability to differentiate among numbers on a calendar or a telephone keypad. No reports of memory problems were noted. Although the patient acknowledged auditory hallucinations, she denied experiencing command auditory hallucinations or hallucinations of other forms. The patient had no history of suicide attempts and denied suicidal or homicidal ideation. She had no history of psychiatric hospitalization.

The psychiatrist made a diagnosis of major depressive disorder with psychotic features, not otherwise specified1 and prescribed sertraline 50 mg/d. The patient was also started on risperidone 0.25 mg/d for management of her psychotic symptoms, with the dosage gradually increased to 2.0 mg/d over five years. While taking this combination, the patient experienced stable mood and fewer paranoid thoughts, although her auditory hallucinations continued.

Two months before the current visit, the patient moved into a retirement living facility, and she reported having adapted well to the new setting. She was sleeping well and had a good appetite. Her BMI was within normal range.

The patient described herself as a single parent for nearly 40 years, raising one daughter. Formerly high functioning, she had held a full-time clerical job until age 70. She appeared well-groomed, polite but anxious, and oriented to time, person, and place. Her speech was normal, her thought processes were coherent, and her mood was stable. However, her affect was constricted; she acknowledged auditory hallucinations, which impaired her thought content. The patient reported feeling increased anxiety prior to any nonroutine activity, such as a doctor’s appointment; this, she said, would cause insomnia, leaving her to pace in her room.

During the examination, fine tremors on upper and lower extremities were noted. The patient’s Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS) score2 was 13, which placed her in the highest risk category for antipsychotic-induced dopamine-blockade extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). The patient was found to be negative for tardive dyskinesia, with no abnormal facial movements. She was aware of the tremors in her limbs and said she felt bothered by them.

The patient had an unsteady gait and used a four-point walker. Her Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) score3 was 28/30, which was normal for her age and education level (high school completed).

Apart from the described symptoms, the patient was healthy for her age and had no other medical diagnosis. Her vital signs were within normal range. The medical work-up to rule out other causes of dementia yielded negative results. Lab values were normal, including electrolyte levels and thyroid tests. The patient’s hearing test showed age-related hearing loss of full range, not limited to high pitch. She was able to engage in a meaningful conversation at a normal volume. Clinically, however, it was concerning to observe the possible signs of EPS and the relatively high risperidone dosage, considering the patient’s advanced age.

After the meeting with the patient, a treatment plan was created to 1) gradually reduce the dosage of antipsychotic medication, and 2) refer her to a neurologist for a complete work-up to rule out underlying neurologic disorders, such as dementia. Risperidone was tapered by increments of 0.25 mg/d every three to four weeks; throughout this process, the patient was closely monitored by the nursing staff at the retirement living facility. Monthly appointments were scheduled at the outpatient mental health clinic for evaluation and medication management.

Two months after the initial mental health clinic visit, the patient’s condition was pronounced stable on the current regimen of sertraline 50 mg/d and risperidone 1.0 mg/d. She was later seen by a neurologist, who made a diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease and placed her on carbidopa-­levodopa (1 1/2 tablets, 25/100 mg, tid). The patient’s auditory hallucinations continued with the same intensity as at baseline, but fewer tremors were noted in her extremities. By six months into the tapering process (with risperidone reduced at that time to 0.25 mg/d and carbidopa-levodopa to 25/100 mg tid), the patient had begun to experience dissipation of the tremors, and her AIMS score2 was 0. She was able to replace her four-point walker with a cane.

 

 

One year after her initial visit to the mental health clinic, the patient’s neurologist suggested replacing risperidone with quetia­pine (12.5 mg/d) for its improved tolerability and lower adverse effect profile.4 She continued to take sertraline and carbidopa-levodopa.

Improvement of symptoms was noted following the switch. After one month on the revised regimen, the patient reported that the number of auditory hallucinations persisted, but that their intensity had decreased dramatically. She had a brighter affect and appeared to feel uplifted and more energetic. She became involved in the social activities offered at the retirement living facility and the mental health clinic. She also maintained a steady gait without her cane. According to the patient’s daughter, her mother was at her best psychological state since the onset of psychotic symptoms six years earlier. The pharmacologic regimen had reached its maximum benefit.

At a mental health appointment at the outpatient clinic 18 months after her initial visit there, it was evident that the patient’s auditory hallucinations persisted as a major stressor. She began to complain about other residents in her facility. She said she disliked the resident with whom she shared meals, and she claimed that other residents often spit on the floor in front of her room. The nursing staff did not confirm these incidents, which they considered a delusion despite the patient’s “evidence” (the tissues she said she had used to clean up).

Additionally, a new theme had emerged in the patient’s auditory hallucinations. She reported hearing a male voice that announced changes in meal times. Although she knew there was no public address system in her room or in the hallway, the “announcement” was so convincing that she would go to the dining room and once there, realize that nothing had changed. She seemed to drift between reality and her hallucinations/delusions. According to her daughter, the patient’s independent and reserved personality forced her to internalize her stressors—in this case, her frustration about the other residents—which fed into her hallucinations and delusions.

In response to her worsening psychotic symptoms, the patient’s provider increased her quetia­pine dosage from 12.5 mg/d to 25 mg/d. Her MMSE score3 at this visit was 25/30.

Two months later, the patient exhibited increasing symptoms of paranoia, delusions, and auditory hallucinations. She continued to respond to the “broadcast” messages about meal times, and she voiced her frustrations to others who spoke Mandarin. She became agitated in response to out-of-the-ordinary events. When her alarm clock battery ran out, for example, she insisted that “a man’s voice” kept reminding her to replace the battery; in response, she placed the alarm clock in the refrigerator, later explaining, “Now I don’t need to worry about it.”

Her cognitive status began to show obvious, progressive deterioration, with an MMSE score3 of 22/30 at this visit—a significant reduction from previous scores. Worsening of her short-term memory became apparent when she had difficulty playing bingo and was unable to remember her appointment or the current date. She became upset when others corrected her.

In a review of the trends in this patient’s clinical presentation, it became increasingly evident to the patient’s mental health care providers that she had Lewy body dementia.

DISCUSSION
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB), a progressive disease, is the second most common cause of neurodegenerative dementia after Alzheimer’s disease.5-7 It is estimated that DLB accounts for 20% of US cases of dementia (ie, about 800,000 patients).8,9 Although public awareness of DLB is on the rise, the disorder is still underrecognized and underdiagnosed because its clinical manifestations so closely resemble those of Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and psychosis.10,11

Clinical symptoms of DLB include progressive cognitive decline, cognitive fluctuation, EPS, and parkinsonism; hallucinations involving all five senses, particularly sight; delusions; REM sleep disturbance, with or without vivid and frightening dreams; changes in mood and behavior; impaired judgment and insight; and autonomic dysfunction, such as orthostatic hypotension and carotid-sinus hypersensitivity.5,11-15

The symptoms of DLB are caused by the accumulations of Lewy bodies, that is, deposits of alpha-synuclein protein in the nuclei of neurons. Lewy bodies destroy neurons over time, resulting in the destruction of dopaminergic and acetylcholinergic pathways from the brain stem to areas of the cerebral cortex associated with cognition and motor functions.4,5,16

DLB is a spectrum disorder; it often coexists with Parkinson’s disease or Alzheimer’s disease, as Lewy bodies are also found in patients with these illnesses.7 This poses a challenge for formulating a differential diagnosis, particularly in patients with fluctuating cognition,10 and for attempting to establish disease prevalence.

Diagnosis
Currently, a conclusive diagnosis of DLB can be confirmed only through postmortem autopsy, although use of medial temporal lobe volume (via structural MRI) and regional blood flow (via single photon emission CT [SPECT] tracers) is being investigated.17

 

 

The diagnosis of DLB is currently based on the presenting clinical symptoms and the exclusion of other medical conditions whose symptoms mimic those of DLB.7 The screening assessment may include a neurologic/psychiatric assessment (MMSE, psychiatric evaluation, and interviews with family members or caretakers), neuroimaging such as MRI to rule out other organic causes, and laboratory evaluation to rule out potentially reversible causes of dementia, including electrolyte imbalance, vitamin deficiency (specifically vitamin B12), anemia, thyroid dysfunction, and kidney or liver impairment.18

The American Psychiatric Assocation1 categorizes DLB under “Dementia Due to Other General Medical Conditions” (294.1x). The World Health Organization19 includes it among “Other specified degenerative diseases of the nervous system” (G31.8).

Treatment
Lewy body dementia is an irreversible neurologic degenerative disorder. Treatment for DLB comprises symptom management, primarily through pharmacology; however, the response to medication is highly individualized. Treatment includes management of the following symptoms:

Cognitive impairment. Cholinesterase inhibitors, such as rivastigmine (3 to 12 mg/d), donepezil (10 mg/d), or galantamine (titrated up to 12 mg bid),20-23 improve attention and behavior and reduce apathy, anxiety, delusions, and hallucinations. As cognitive impairment worsens, memantine (10 mg bid) may be effective.24 The potential for anticholinergic adverse effects requires close monitoring in patients taking these agents.

Parkinsonian symptoms. Medications indicated for Parkinson’s disease and syndrome, such as carbidopa-levodopa (25/100 mg tid), can be effective; dosage may be slowly titrated upward as tolerated and if needed for symptom management.25,26 The dopaminergic effect of antiparkinson medications may intensify the psychotic symptoms and worsen the REM sleep pattern. In this case, a low-dose atypical antipsychotic is suggested27,28 (see below).

Psychotic symptoms. An atypical antipsychotic agent, such as quetiapine (12.5 mg), risperidone (0.25 mg), olanzapine (2.5 mg), ziprasidone (20 mg), aripiprazole (2 mg), or paliperidone (1.5 mg), may be used. Because of the DLB-associated risk of neuroleptic sensitivity, atypical antipsychotic agents should be initiated at a low dose with slow upward titration17,26,29; quetiapine appears less likely than risperidone or olanzapine to cause neuroleptic sensitivity or to trigger EPS.4 For Asian patients, who often respond to lower doses of these medications (and are more easily affected by associated adverse effects), Chen et al30 recommend a starting dose of about one-half the recommended dose.

Depression. An SSRI antidepressant with relatively simple pharmacologic properties and moderate half-life may be used to manage symptoms of depression.26,31,32 Long–half-life SSRIs (eg, fluoxetine) should be avoided in elderly patients; in response to SNRIs (serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors), these patients may experience elevated blood pressures and pulses, with subsequent morbidity.33

REM sleep disturbances. Clo­nazepam (0.25 mg), melatonin (3.0 mg), or quetiapine (12.5 mg) may be administered at bedtime.34

Important Lessons
In general, providers should consider the benefits and risks of any pharmacologic treatment and avoid polypharmacy, if possible. Family and caretakers should be included in the treatment planning, with a focus on prioritizing and managing the most debilitating symptoms or dysfunctions that prompt concerns for safety.

For optimal homeostasis, some DLB patients may require joint pharmacologic modalities that appear counterintuitive—for example, an antiparkinsonism (dopaminergic) agent for parkinsonian symptoms or neuroleptic-induced EPS, versus an antipsychotic (eg, a dopamine antagonist) to treat profound hallucinations.26

As the response to treatment for DLB is highly individualized, it is essential to titrate and augment with care.

CONCLUSION
In DLB, as with other dementing illnesses, the onset of symptoms can be gradual and insidious, posing a great challenge to the clinician who seeks to confirm the diagnosis. In the illness’s early stages, the clinician may have to treat targeted symptoms and adjust the treatment plan once signs of the pathologic origins emerge.

It is critical to understand the mechanisms of psychotropic medications and targeted neurotransmitters when evaluating treatment for DLB. Titrating or augmenting these medications in elderly patients requires the clinician to follow a principle of start low and go slow, making only one change at a time.

It is always helpful to include family members in the patient’s care and to gather information on previous history, personality traits, family history, and cultural components. It is also important to communicate with other specialists to implement collaborative care.

References

1. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th ed (text revision). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000:167.

2. National Institute of Mental Health. Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS). www.atlantapsychia try.com/forms/AIMS.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

3. Mini–Mental State Examination. www.nmaging .state.nm.us/pdf_files/Mini_Mental_Status_Exam.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

4. Baskys A. Lewy body dementia: the litmus test for neuroleptic sensitivity and extrapyramidal symptoms. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65 suppl 11:16-22.

5. Weisman D, McKeith I. Dementia with Lewy bodies. Semin Neurol. 2007;27(1):42-47.

6. McKeith IG. Consensus guidelines for the clinical and pathologic diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB): report of the Consortium on DLB International Workshop. J Alzheimers Dis. 2006;9(3 suppl):417-423.

7. McKeith IG, Galasko D, Kosaka K, et al. Consensus guidelines for the clinical and pathologic diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB): report of the Consortium on DLB International Workshop. Neurology. 1996;47(5):1113-1124.

8. Hill C, Reiss N. Lewy body dementia (2008). www.mentalhelp.net/poc/view_doc.php?type=doc& id=13151&cn=231. Accessed May 20, 2010.

9. Lewy Body Dementia Association, Inc. Lewy body dementia: current issues in diagnosis and treatment. www.lewybodydementia.org. Accessed May 20, 2010.

10. Varanese S, Perfetti B, Monaco D, et al. Fluctuating cognition and different cognitive and behavioural profiles in Parkinson’s disease with dementia: comparison of dementia with Lewy bodies and Alzheimer’s disease. J Neurol. 2010 Jan 22. [Epub ahead of print]

11. Kurita A, Murakami M, Takagi S, et al. Visual hallucinations and altered visual information processing in Parkinson disease and dementia with Lewy bodies. Mov Disorder. 2010;25(2):167-171.

12. Gagnon JF, Postuma RB, Mazza S, et al. Rapid-eye-movement sleep behaviour disorder and neurodegenerative diseases. Lancet Neurol. 2006;5(5):424-432.

13. Dodel R, Csoti I, Ebersbach G, et al. Lewy body dementia and Parkinson’s disease with dementia. J Neurol. 2008;255 suppl 5:39-47.

14. Sonnesyn H, Nilsen DW, Rongve A, et al. High prevalence of orthostatic hypotension in mild dementia. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord. 2009;28(4):307-313.

15. Kenny RA, Shaw FE, O’Brien JT, et al. Carotid sinus syndrome is common in dementia with Lewy bodies and correlates with deep white matter lesions. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2004;75(7):966-971.

16. Hickey C, Chisholm T, Passmore MJ, et al. Differentiating the dementias: revisiting synucleinopathies and tauopathies. Curr Alzheimer Res. 2008;5(1):52-60.

17. McKeith IG, Burn DJ, Ballard CG, et al. Dementia with Lewy bodies. Semin Clin Neuropsychiatry. 2003; 8(1):46-57.

18. Bird TD, Miller BL. Dementia. In: Fauci AS, Braunwald E, Kasper DL, et al, eds. Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medicine. 17th ed. New York, NY: McGraw Hill Medical; 2008:2536-2549.

19. World Health Organization. International Classification of Diseases (ICD), Version 2007. Chapter VI: Diseases of the Central Nervous System. http://apps.who.int/classifications/apps/icd/icd10online/index.htm?kg00.htm+. Accessed May 20, 2010.

20. McKeith I, Del Ser T, Spano P, et al. Efficacy of rivastigmine in dementia with Lewy bodies: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled international study. Lancet. 2000;356(9247):2031-2036.

21. Emre M, Cummings JL, Lane RM. Rivastigmine in dementia associated with Parkinson’s disease and Alzheimer’s disease: similarities and differences. J Alzheimers Dis. 2007;11(4):509-519.

22. Lam B, Hollingdrake E, Kennedy JL, et al. Cholinesterase inhibitors in Alzheimer’s disease and Lewy body spectrum disorders: the emerging pharmacogenetic story. Hum Genomics. 2009;4(2):91-106.

23. Wild R, Pettit T, Burns A. Cholinesterase inhibitors for dementia with Lewy bodies. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2003;(3):CD003672.

24. Aarsland D, Ballard C, Walker Z, et al. Memantine in patients with Parkinson’s disease dementia or dementia with Lewy bodies: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicentre trial. Lancet Neurol. 2009;8(7):613-618.

25. Merck & Co., Inc. Sinemet® CR (carbidopa-levodopa) sustained-release tablets. http://packageinserts.bms.com/pi/pi_sinemet_cr.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

26. Fernandez HH, Wu CK, Ott BR. Pharmacotherapy of dementia with Lewy bodies. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2003;4(11):2027-2037.

27. Kato K, Wada T, Kawakatsu S, Otani K. Improvement of both psychotic symptoms and Parkinsonism in a case of dementia with Lewy bodies by the combination therapy of risperidone and L-DOPA. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2002;26(1):201-203.

28. Yamauchi K, Takehisa M, Tsuno M, et al. Levodopa improved rapid eye movement sleep behavior disorder with diffuse Lewy body disease. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2003;25(2):140-142.

29. Stahl SM. The Prescriber’s Guide: Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology. Cambridge University Press; 2006:459.

30. Chen JP, Barron C, Lin KM, Chung H. Prescribing medication for Asians with mental disorders. West J Med. 2002;176(4):271-275.

31. Sink KM, Holden KF, Yaffe K. Pharmacological treatment of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia: a review of the evidence. JAMA. 2005;293(5):596-608.

32. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. Comparison of citalopram, perphenazine, and placebo for the acute treatment of psychosis and behavioral disturbances in hospitalized, demented patients. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(3):460-465.

33. Schwab W, Messinger-Rapport B, Franco K. Psychiatric symptoms of dementia: treatable, but no silver bullet. Cleve Clin J Med. 2009;76(3):167-174.

34. Gagnon JF, Postuma RB, Montplaisir J. Update on the pharmacology of REM sleep behavior disorder. Neurology. 2006;67(5):742-747

References

1. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th ed (text revision). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000:167.

2. National Institute of Mental Health. Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS). www.atlantapsychia try.com/forms/AIMS.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

3. Mini–Mental State Examination. www.nmaging .state.nm.us/pdf_files/Mini_Mental_Status_Exam.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

4. Baskys A. Lewy body dementia: the litmus test for neuroleptic sensitivity and extrapyramidal symptoms. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65 suppl 11:16-22.

5. Weisman D, McKeith I. Dementia with Lewy bodies. Semin Neurol. 2007;27(1):42-47.

6. McKeith IG. Consensus guidelines for the clinical and pathologic diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB): report of the Consortium on DLB International Workshop. J Alzheimers Dis. 2006;9(3 suppl):417-423.

7. McKeith IG, Galasko D, Kosaka K, et al. Consensus guidelines for the clinical and pathologic diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB): report of the Consortium on DLB International Workshop. Neurology. 1996;47(5):1113-1124.

8. Hill C, Reiss N. Lewy body dementia (2008). www.mentalhelp.net/poc/view_doc.php?type=doc& id=13151&cn=231. Accessed May 20, 2010.

9. Lewy Body Dementia Association, Inc. Lewy body dementia: current issues in diagnosis and treatment. www.lewybodydementia.org. Accessed May 20, 2010.

10. Varanese S, Perfetti B, Monaco D, et al. Fluctuating cognition and different cognitive and behavioural profiles in Parkinson’s disease with dementia: comparison of dementia with Lewy bodies and Alzheimer’s disease. J Neurol. 2010 Jan 22. [Epub ahead of print]

11. Kurita A, Murakami M, Takagi S, et al. Visual hallucinations and altered visual information processing in Parkinson disease and dementia with Lewy bodies. Mov Disorder. 2010;25(2):167-171.

12. Gagnon JF, Postuma RB, Mazza S, et al. Rapid-eye-movement sleep behaviour disorder and neurodegenerative diseases. Lancet Neurol. 2006;5(5):424-432.

13. Dodel R, Csoti I, Ebersbach G, et al. Lewy body dementia and Parkinson’s disease with dementia. J Neurol. 2008;255 suppl 5:39-47.

14. Sonnesyn H, Nilsen DW, Rongve A, et al. High prevalence of orthostatic hypotension in mild dementia. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord. 2009;28(4):307-313.

15. Kenny RA, Shaw FE, O’Brien JT, et al. Carotid sinus syndrome is common in dementia with Lewy bodies and correlates with deep white matter lesions. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2004;75(7):966-971.

16. Hickey C, Chisholm T, Passmore MJ, et al. Differentiating the dementias: revisiting synucleinopathies and tauopathies. Curr Alzheimer Res. 2008;5(1):52-60.

17. McKeith IG, Burn DJ, Ballard CG, et al. Dementia with Lewy bodies. Semin Clin Neuropsychiatry. 2003; 8(1):46-57.

18. Bird TD, Miller BL. Dementia. In: Fauci AS, Braunwald E, Kasper DL, et al, eds. Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medicine. 17th ed. New York, NY: McGraw Hill Medical; 2008:2536-2549.

19. World Health Organization. International Classification of Diseases (ICD), Version 2007. Chapter VI: Diseases of the Central Nervous System. http://apps.who.int/classifications/apps/icd/icd10online/index.htm?kg00.htm+. Accessed May 20, 2010.

20. McKeith I, Del Ser T, Spano P, et al. Efficacy of rivastigmine in dementia with Lewy bodies: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled international study. Lancet. 2000;356(9247):2031-2036.

21. Emre M, Cummings JL, Lane RM. Rivastigmine in dementia associated with Parkinson’s disease and Alzheimer’s disease: similarities and differences. J Alzheimers Dis. 2007;11(4):509-519.

22. Lam B, Hollingdrake E, Kennedy JL, et al. Cholinesterase inhibitors in Alzheimer’s disease and Lewy body spectrum disorders: the emerging pharmacogenetic story. Hum Genomics. 2009;4(2):91-106.

23. Wild R, Pettit T, Burns A. Cholinesterase inhibitors for dementia with Lewy bodies. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2003;(3):CD003672.

24. Aarsland D, Ballard C, Walker Z, et al. Memantine in patients with Parkinson’s disease dementia or dementia with Lewy bodies: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicentre trial. Lancet Neurol. 2009;8(7):613-618.

25. Merck & Co., Inc. Sinemet® CR (carbidopa-levodopa) sustained-release tablets. http://packageinserts.bms.com/pi/pi_sinemet_cr.pdf. Accessed May 20, 2010.

26. Fernandez HH, Wu CK, Ott BR. Pharmacotherapy of dementia with Lewy bodies. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2003;4(11):2027-2037.

27. Kato K, Wada T, Kawakatsu S, Otani K. Improvement of both psychotic symptoms and Parkinsonism in a case of dementia with Lewy bodies by the combination therapy of risperidone and L-DOPA. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2002;26(1):201-203.

28. Yamauchi K, Takehisa M, Tsuno M, et al. Levodopa improved rapid eye movement sleep behavior disorder with diffuse Lewy body disease. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2003;25(2):140-142.

29. Stahl SM. The Prescriber’s Guide: Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology. Cambridge University Press; 2006:459.

30. Chen JP, Barron C, Lin KM, Chung H. Prescribing medication for Asians with mental disorders. West J Med. 2002;176(4):271-275.

31. Sink KM, Holden KF, Yaffe K. Pharmacological treatment of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia: a review of the evidence. JAMA. 2005;293(5):596-608.

32. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. Comparison of citalopram, perphenazine, and placebo for the acute treatment of psychosis and behavioral disturbances in hospitalized, demented patients. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(3):460-465.

33. Schwab W, Messinger-Rapport B, Franco K. Psychiatric symptoms of dementia: treatable, but no silver bullet. Cleve Clin J Med. 2009;76(3):167-174.

34. Gagnon JF, Postuma RB, Montplaisir J. Update on the pharmacology of REM sleep behavior disorder. Neurology. 2006;67(5):742-747

Issue
Clinician Reviews - 20(6)
Issue
Clinician Reviews - 20(6)
Page Number
13-17
Page Number
13-17
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Woman, 80, With Hallucinations and Tremors
Display Headline
Woman, 80, With Hallucinations and Tremors
Legacy Keywords
Lewy body, dementia, hallucinations, tremorsLewy body, dementia, hallucinations, tremors
Legacy Keywords
Lewy body, dementia, hallucinations, tremorsLewy body, dementia, hallucinations, tremors
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME